ROLAND GS-10 - Synthesizer

GS-10 - Synthesizer ROLAND - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free GS-10 ROLAND in PDF.

📄 180 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice ROLAND GS-10 - page 1
View the manual : Français FR English EN
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Guitar effects processor and synthesizer
Dimensions (L x D x H) 360 x 280 x 90 mm
Weight 3.5 kg
Power AC adapter (9 V DC)
Main functions Amp and speaker modeling, COSM effects, guitar synthesizer, built-in tuner
Number of patches 200 (100 user + 100 preset)
Inputs/Outputs Guitar input, L/MONO and R outputs, MIDI input/output, headphone output
Maintenance and cleaning Wipe with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use solvents.
Safety Do not expose to moisture, shocks, or extreme temperatures.
Spare parts and repairability Parts available from authorized Roland dealers. Repair by qualified technician only.
General information Class B digital device complying with Canadian and US standards (FCC/IC).

Frequently Asked Questions - GS-10 ROLAND

How to connect the GS-10 to an amplifier?
Use the L/MONO and R outputs for stereo connection. Plug a jack cable into the L/MONO output for mono use.
How to perform a factory reset?
Hold down the EXIT button while turning on the device to restore factory settings.
How many preset patches are available?
The GS-10 contains 100 preset patches (P101 to P200) and 100 user patches (U001 to U100).
Can I use an expression pedal?
Yes, plug an expression pedal into the EXP PEDAL jack to control volume, wah, or other parameters in real time.
How to update the firmware of the GS-10?
Download the latest version from Roland's website, copy it to a CompactFlash card, insert it, and follow the update procedure in the SYSTEM menu.
Is the GS-10 compatible with a bass guitar?
Yes, it works with bass. Use the BASS mode in the input settings to optimize frequency tracking.
What to do if no sound comes out of the device?
Check the guitar cable, volume level, tuner (automatically muted), and make sure the patch is not in MUTE mode.
How to use the GS-10 with a computer?
Connect the USB port to your computer to use the GS-10 as an audio/MIDI interface. Install the provided drivers.
What type of memory card is used to save patches?
The GS-10 uses a CompactFlash (CF) card to save patches and settings. Insert it into the dedicated slot.
How to change the modeled amp type in a patch?
Press the AMP button, then turn the wheel to select the amp model (e.g., JC-120, Twin, etc.).

User questions about GS-10 ROLAND

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Synthesizer in PDF format for free! Find your manual GS-10 - ROLAND and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. GS-10 by ROLAND.

USER MANUAL GS-10 ROLAND

GUITAR EFFECTS SYSTEM with USB AUDIO INTERFACE

Owner's Manual

Thank you, and congratulations on your choice of the BOSS GS-10 Guitar Effects System with USB Audio Interface.

Before using this unit, carefully read the sections entitled:

  • USING THE UNIT SAFELY (page 2-3)
  • IMPORTANT NOTES (page 4-5)

These sections provide important information concerning the proper operation of the unit.

Additionally, in order to feel assured that you have gained a good grasp of every feature provided by your new unit, Owner's manual should be read in its entirety. The manual should be saved and kept on hand as a convenient reference.

■ Printing Conventions in This Manual

  • Text or numerals enclosed in square brackets [ ] indicate buttons.

[WRITE] WRITE button

[USB] USB button

  • Reference such as (p. **) indicate pages in this manual to which you can refer.

Copyright © 2003 BOSS CORPORATION

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of BOSS CORPORATION.

ROLAND GS-10 - ■ Printing Conventions in This Manual - 1

USING THE UNIT SAFELY

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PREVENTION OF FIRE, ELECTRIC SHOCK, OR INJURY TO PERSONS

About WARNING and CAUTION Notices

WARNINGUsed for instructions intended to alert the user to the risk of death or severe injury should the unit be used improperly.
CAUTIONUsed for instructions intended to alert the user to the risk of injury or material damage should the unit be used improperly. * Material damage refers to damage or other adverse effects caused with respect to the home and all its furnishings, as well to domestic animals or pets.

About the Symbols

The △ symbol alerts the user to important instructions or warnings. The specific meaning of the symbol is determined by the design contained within the triangle. In the case of the symbol at left, it is used for general cautions, warnings, or alerts to danger.
The ⊙ symbol alerts the user to items that must never be carried out (are forbidden). The specific thing that must not be done is indicated by the design contained within the circle. In the case of the symbol at left, it means that the unit must never be disassembled.
The ● symbol alerts the user to things that must be carried out. The specific thing that must be done is indicated by the design contained within the circle. In the case of the symbol at left, it means that the power-cord plug must be unplugged from the outlet.

ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING

WARNING

  • Before using this unit, make sure to read the instructions below, and the Owner's Manual.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 1

  • Do not open (or modify in any way) the unit or its AC adaptor.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 2

  • Do not attempt to repair the unit, or replace parts within it (except when this manual provides specific instructions directing you to do so). Refer all servicing to your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the "Information" sheet.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 3

  • Never use or store the unit in places that are:

  • Subject to temperature extremes (e.g., direct sunlight in an enclosed vehicle, near a heating duct, on top of heat-generating equipment); or are

  • Damp (e.g., baths, washrooms, on wet floors); or are
  • Humid; or are
  • Exposed to rain; or are
  • Dusty; or are
  • Subject to high levels of vibration.

  • Make sure you always have the unit placed so it is level and sure to remain stable. Never place it on stands that could wobble, or on inclined surfaces.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 4

  • Be sure to use only the AC adaptor supplied with the unit. Also, make sure the line voltage at the installation matches the input voltage specified on the AC adaptor's body. Other AC adaptors may use a different polarity, or be designed for a different voltage, so their use could result in damage, malfunction, or electric shock.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 5

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 6

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 7

WARNING

  • Do not excessively twist or bend the power cord, nor place heavy objects on it. Doing so can damage the cord, producing severed elements and short circuits. Damaged cords are fire and shock hazards!

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 1

  • This unit, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speakers, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. Do not operate for a long period of time at a high volume level, or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should immediately stop using the unit, and consult an audiologist.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 2

  • Do not allow any objects (e.g., flammable material, coins, pins); or liquids of any kind (water, soft drinks, etc.) to penetrate the unit.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 3

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 4

  • Immediately turn the power off, remove the AC adaptor from the outlet, and request servicing by your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the "Information" sheet when:

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 5

  • The AC adaptor, the power-supply cord, or the plug has been damaged; or
  • If smoke or unusual odor occurs
  • Objects have fallen into, or liquid has been spilled onto the unit; or
  • The unit has been exposed to rain (or otherwise has become wet); or
  • The unit does not appear to operate normally or exhibits a marked change in performance.

WARNING

  • In households with small children, an adult should provide supervision until the child is capable of following all the rules essential for the safe operation of the unit.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 1

  • Protect the unit from strong impact. (Do not drop it!)

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 2

  • Do not force the unit's power-supply cord to share an outlet with an unreasonable number of other devices. Be especially careful when using extension cords—the total power used by all devices you have connected to the extension cord's outlet must never exceed the power rating (watts/amperes) for the extension cord. Excessive loads can cause the insulation on the cord to heat up and eventually melt through.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 3

  • Before using the unit in a foreign country, consult with your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the "Information" sheet.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 4

DO NOT play a CD-ROM disc on a conventional audio CD player. The resulting sound may be of a level that could cause permanent hearing loss. Damage to speakers or other system components may result.

ROLAND GS-10 - WARNING - 5

CAUTION

  • The unit and the AC adaptor should be located so their location or position does not interfere with their proper ventilation.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 1

  • Always grasp only the plug on the AC adaptor cord when plugging into, or unplugging from, an outlet or this unit.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 2

  • At regular intervals, you should unplug the AC adaptor and clean it by using a dry cloth to wipe all dust and other accumulations away from its prongs. Also, disconnect the power plug from the power outlet whenever the unit is to remain unused for an extended period of time. Any accumulation of dust between the power plug and the power outlet can result in poor insulation and lead to fire.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 3

  • Try to prevent cords and cables from becoming entangled. Also, all cords and cables should be placed so they are out of the reach of children.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 4

  • Never climb on top of, nor place heavy objects on the unit.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 5

  • Never handle the AC adaptor or its plugs with wet hands when plugging into, or unplugging from, an outlet or this unit.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 6

  • Before moving the unit, disconnect the AC adaptor and all cords coming from external devices.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 7

  • Before cleaning the unit, turn off the power and unplug the AC adaptor from the outlet.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 8

  • Whenever you suspect the possibility of lightning in your area, disconnect the AC adaptor from the outlet.

ROLAND GS-10 - CAUTION - 9

IMPORTANT NOTES

In addition to the items listed under "USING THE UNIT SAFELY" on page 2-3, please read and observe the following:

Power Supply

  • Do not use this unit on the same power circuit with any device that will generate line noise (such as an electric motor or variable lighting system).
  • The AC adaptor will begin to generate heat after long hours of consecutive use. This is normal, and is not a cause for concern.
  • Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off the power to all units. This will help prevent malfunctions and/or damage to speakers or other devices.

Placement

  • Using the unit near power amplifiers (or other equipment containing large power transformers) may induce hum. To alleviate the problem, change the orientation of this unit; or move it farther away from the source of interference.
  • This device may interfere with radio and television reception. Do not use this device in the vicinity of such receivers.
  • Noise may be produced if wireless communications devices, such as cell phones, are operated in the vicinity of this unit. Such noise could occur when receiving or initiating a call, or while conversing. Should you experience such problems, you should relocate such wireless devices so they are at a greater distance from this unit, or switch them off.
  • Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight, place it near devices that radiate heat, leave it inside an enclosed vehicle, or otherwise subject it to temperature extremes. Excessive heat can deform or discolor the unit.
  • When moved from one location to another where the temperature and/or humidity is very different, water droplets (condensation) may form inside the unit. Damage or malfunction may result if you attempt to use the unit in this condition. Therefore, before using the unit, you must allow it to stand for several hours, until the condensation has completely evaporated.

Maintenance

  • For everyday cleaning wipe the unit with a soft, dry cloth or one that has been slightly dampened with water. To remove stubborn dirt, use a cloth impregnated with a mild, non-abrasive detergent. Afterwards, be sure to wipe the unit thoroughly with a soft, dry cloth.
  • Never use benzine, thinners, alcohol or solvents of any kind, to avoid the possibility of discoloration and/or deformation.

Repairs and Data

  • Please be aware that all data contained in the unit's memory may be lost when the unit is sent for repairs. Important data should always be backed up in another MIDI device (e.g., a sequencer), computer, or written down on paper (when possible). During repairs, due care is taken to avoid the loss of data. However, in certain cases (such as when circuitry related to memory itself is out of order), we regret that it may not be possible to restore the data, and Roland assumes no liability concerning such loss of data.

Memory Backup

  • This unit contains a battery which powers the unit's memory circuits while the main power is off. When this battery becomes weak, the message shown below will appear in the display. Once you see this message, have the battery replaced with a fresh one as soon as possible to avoid the loss of all data in memory. To have the battery replaced, consult with your retailer, the nearest Roland Service Center, or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the "Information" sheet.

"Battery Low!! Please Change"

Additional Precautions

  • Please be aware that the contents of memory can be irretrievably lost as a result of a malfunction, or the improper operation of the unit. To protect yourself against the risk of loosing important data, we recommend that you periodically save a backup copy of important data you have stored in the unit's memory in another MIDI device (e.g., a sequencer), or computer.
  • Unfortunately, it may be impossible to restore the contents of data that was stored in another MIDI device (e.g., a sequencer), or computer once it has been lost. Roland Corporation assumes no liability concerning such loss of data.
  • Use a reasonable amount of care when using the unit's buttons, sliders, or other controls; and when using its jacks and connectors. Rough handling can lead to malfunctions.
  • Never strike or apply strong pressure to the display.
  • When connecting / disconnecting all cables, grasp the connector itself—never pull on the cable. This way you will avoid causing shorts, or damage to the cable's internal elements.
  • To avoid disturbing your neighbors, try to keep the unit's volume at reasonable levels. You may prefer to use headphones, so you do not need to be concerned about those around you (especially when it is late at night).

  • When you need to transport the unit, package it in the box (including padding) that it came in, if possible. Otherwise, you will need to use equivalent packaging materials.

  • Use only the specified expression pedal (EV-5; sold separately). By connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
  • Use a cable from Roland to make the connection. If using some other make of connection cable, please note the following precautions.

  • Some connection cables contain resistors. Do not use cables that incorporate resistors for connecting to this unit. The use of such cables can cause the sound level to be extremely low, or impossible to hear. For information on cable specifications, contact the manufacturer of the cable.

Handling CD-ROMs

  • Unauthorized duplication, reproduction, hiring, and lending prohibited.
  • Before you open the included CD-ROM, you must read the "license agreement." Opening the CD-ROM will be taken to mean your acceptance of the license agreement.
  • Avoid touching or scratching the shiny underside (encoded surface) of the disc. Damaged or dirty CD-ROM discs may not be read properly. Keep your discs clean using a commercially available CD cleaner.
  • In the interest of product improvement, the specifications and/or contents of this package are subject to change without prior notice.
  • DO NOT play a CD-ROM disc on a conventional audio CD player. The resulting sound may be of a level that could cause permanent hearing loss. Damage to speakers or other system components may result.
  • Unauthorized recording, distribution, sale, lending, public performance, broadcasting, or the like, in whole or in part, of a work (musical composition, video, broadcast, public performance, or the like) whose copyright is held by a third party is prohibited by law.
  • When exchanging audio signals through a digital connection with an external instrument, this unit can perform recording without being subject to the restrictions of the Serial Copy Management System (SCMS). This is because the unit is intended solely for musical production, and is designed not to be subject to restrictions as long as it is used to record works (such as your own compositions) that do not infringe on the copyrights of others. (SCMS is a feature that prohibits second-generation and later copying through a digital connection. It is built into MD recorders and other consumer digital-audio equipment as a copyright-protection feature.)
  • Do not use this unit for purposes that could infringe on a copyright held by a third party. We assume no responsibility whatsoever with regard to any infringements of third-party copyrights arising through your use of this unit.

  • Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

  • Screen shots in this documents are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
  • Windows® is known officially as: "Microsoft® Windows® operating system."
  • Apple and Macintosh are registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
  • MacOS is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
  • All product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
  • OMS is a registered trademark of Opcode Systems, Inc.
  • FreeMIDI is a trademark of Mark of the Unicorn, Inc.

Contents

USING THE UNIT SAFELY 2

IMPORTANT NOTES 4

Main Features 9

Panel Descriptions 10

Front Panel. 10

Rear Panel 12

Signal Flow. 13

Chapter 1 Playing Sounds 14

Making the Connections. 14

Turning On the Power 15

Turning Off the Power. 15

Using the GS-10's Speakers 15

Adjusting the Output Level. 15

Setting Output Device (Amps)
(OUTPUT SELECT) 16

Connecting Audio Devices to the AUX INPUT Jack. 17

Using the Digital Output. 17

Chapter 2 Creating Your Own Favorite Tones (Patches) 18

What is a Patch? 18

How to Select Patches (Patch Change) 18 About the Display Indication 18 If the Patch Does Not Switch 18

Selecting the Input (INPUT SELECT)....................19 Setting the Mic Input Level (MIC GAIN)..................20

Adjusting the Tones with the Knobs 21

Turning the Effect On and Off 22

Setting the Effects Simply (QUICK FX) 22

Making More Precise Effect Settings. 23

Naming Patches 24

Changing the Connection Order of Effects (Effect Chain) 24

Chapter 3 Saving the Tones You Have Created....25

Storing Patches (PATCH WRITE) 25

Copying Patches 25

Exchanging Patches. 26

Initializing Patches 26

Registering Your Favorite Patches (DIRECT PATCH) 27

Copying the PREAMP/SPEAKER Settings to Another Channel. 27

Chapter 4 Introduction to Effects and Parameters ....28

PREAMP/SPEAKER (Preamp/Speaker Simulator) 28

COMP (Compressor) 31

OD/DS (Overdrive/Distortion) 32

DELAY. 33

CHORUS. 34

REVERB 34

EQ (Equalizer) 35

FX-1. 36

PW (Pedal Wah) 36

AW (Auto Wah) 36

TM (Tone Modify) 37

ACS (Advanced Compressor) 38

LM (Limiter) 38

ENH (Enhancer) 39

SG (Slow Gear) 39

TR (Tremolo) 39

DF (Defretter) 40

RM (Ring Modulator). 40

FB (Feedbacker). 40

FX-2. 41

PH (Phaser). 42

FL (Flanger) 42

HR (Harmonist) 43

PS (Pitch Shifter) 44

OC (Octave) 45

PB (Pedal Bend). 45

2CE (2x2 Chorus) 45

PAN 46

VB (Vibrato). 46

UV (Uni-V) 47

RT (Rotary) 47

SDD (Short Delay) 48

HU (Humanizer). 48

SL (Slicer) 49

AR (AutoRiff) 49

SYN (Guitar Synth) 50

BS (Bass Simulator) 52

SEQ (Stereo Equalizer). 52

NAME/NS/MASTER 53

Name (Patch Name) 53

Noise Suppressor. 53

Master. 54

Foot Volume. 54

Effect Chain 54

Chapter 5 Creating Original Effects Types (Customize)..55

Customizing the COSM Amps. 55

Customizing the Speakers. 56

Customizing Overdrive and Distortion. 56

Customizing Pedal Wah 57

Chapter 6 Setting the External Pedal Functions.....58

Setting the External Expression Pedal Functions (Expression Pedal Function) 58

Setting the External Foot Switch Functions (Control 1, 2 Function) 59

Setting the External Pedal Function for Individual Patches (Assign). 60

Quick Settings 60

Manual Settings 61

Chapter 7 Convenient Functions and System Settings...64

Tuning theGuitar 64

Turning the Tuner Function On 64

About the Display During Tuning. 64

How to Tune. 64

Changing the Tuner Settings 64

Adjusting the Display Contrast (LCD Contrast) 65

Limiting the Patches
That Can Be Switched (Patch Extent) 65

Keeping the Same Pedal Operations When Switching Patches (Assign Hold) 66

Setting the Knob Functions (Knob Mode) 66

Checking the Effect Output Level with the Level Meter. 67

Chapter 8 Using the GS-10 with External MIDI Devices Connected. 68

Operations Using MIDI 68
Operating From the GS-10 68
Remotely Controlling the GS-10
Using an External MIDI Device 68

Making the Settings for MIDI Functions 69

Transmitting and Receiving Settings Data .....71
Transmitting Data to an External MIDI Device (Bulk Dump) .....71
Receiving Data from an External MIDI Device (Bulk Load) .....72

Setting the Program Change Map.73 Enabling/Disabling the Program Change Map Settings (MIDI Map Select)74

Changing Patch Numbers on an External MIDI Device From the GS-10......74

Controlling Recorders and Sequencers Remotely from the GS-10 (Remote Control) .75 Setting the Messages Used for Controlling Devices. 75 Controlling the Device Remotely .76

Chapter 9 Using the GS-10 Connected to a Computer Via USB ....78

Before Connecting with USB. 78

Driver Mode. 78

Setting USB-Related Functions. 78

Adjusting the Recording Level (Output Level). 78

Adjusting the Playback Volume Level (Input Level) 78

Enabling and Disabling the Direct Monitor Command 79

Switching the Output Signals (Direct Monitor) 79

Setting the Output Mode. 79

Switching the Driver Mode. 80

Recording the GS-10's Output with a Computer. 81

Applying Effects with the GS-10 to a Computer's Audio Playback. 81

Running the GS-10 from a Computer 81

Using the GS-10 As a MIDI Interface 81

Appendices 82

AboutMIDI. 82

How MIDI messages are transmitted and received 82

Main types of MIDI message used by the GS-10. 82

About the MIDI implementation 83

About USB. 83

Error Messages. 83

Patch List. 84

Restoring the Factory Settings (Factory Reset). 86

Factory Settings. 86

Roland Exclusive Messages 87

MIDI Implementation. 89

MIDI Implementation Chart 122

Specifications. 123

Installing & Setup the USB Driver 125

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows) 126

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Macintosh) 146

Setting the Special Driver's Functions. 162

Troubleshooting 164

Problems when using the GS-10 164

Problems with the sound. 164

Other Problems 165

Problems related to the USB driver 165

Problems when using the USB driver. 167

Deleting the special driver. 173

Index 174

Main Features

True "Tabletop Guitar Effects System"

This is an all-new guitar effects system, which gives you not only the kind of professional-quality effects available only from BOSS, but features a USB interface and built-in monitor speakers as well.

Internal Effects Derived from the GT-6/GT-6B, Made More Powerful

All components of the GT-6 and GT-6B COSM amps and effects, famous for their sonic quality and ease of use, have been thoroughly improved in this system. With its new amp types and effects, the GS-10 takes you to a new dimension in sound creation.

The Functions You Want for Digital Recording

The GS-10 not only gives you the recording capabilities you would expect with its DIGITAL OUT (coaxial) connector, it also allows you to record simply and easily via USB. What's more, you can also record the direct sound while listening to the performance as it sounds with the effects added, and add effects to sounds that have already been recorded.

Accepts Multiple Inputs

You can use the GS-10 not just with your guitar, but as an audio interface for input of sounds from bass guitars, mics, and external stereo equipment. The GS-10 also includes amp types and effects for basses, giving you total song-creation capabilities all in one single device.

Stereo Monitor Speakers Built-In

The GS-10 comes with its own monitor speakers, so you can enjoy creating and performing music all with one unit.

GS-10 Editor and GS-10 Librarian Included

In addition to intuitive knob controls, the GS-10 also includes the "Editor" software for use in creating sounds and "Librarian" software for managing the tones you have created. These softwares let you perform the procedures for creating sounds and changing effect connection sequences easily from your computer screen.

WDM/ASIO-Compatible USB Driver

The GS-10 comes with a GS-10-exclusive driver for stable, high-quality recording and playback. Now enjoy high-quality audio recordings with 24-bit and ASIO applications.

COSM (Composite Object Sound Modeling)

Composite Object Sound Modeling (COSM) is Roland's innovative and powerful sound modeling technology. COSM analyzes the many factors that make up the original sound, such as the electrical and physical characteristics of the original, and then produces a digital model that can reproduce the same sound.

Panel Descriptions

Front Panel

ROLAND GS-10 - Front Panel - 1

1. Display

A variety of information about the GS-10 appears here. Normally, patch names are displayed.

2. PREAMP/SPEAKER (p. 21, p. 28) (Preamp/Speaker Simulator)

GAIN Knob

Adjusts the degree of preamp distortion.

BASS Knob

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's low-frequency range.

MIDDLE Knob

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's midrange.

TREBLE Knob

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's high-frequency range.

PRESENCE Knob

Adjusts the sound quality in the preamp's ultra-high-frequency range.

LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the preamp volume level.

PREAMP/SPEAKER On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

CHANNEL SELECT Button

Switches the preamp channel.

3. COMP (Compressor) (p. 21, p. 31)

SUSTAIN Knob

Adjusts the compressor's sustain effect (an effect that keeps the sound playing).

COMP On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

4. OD/DS (p. 21, p. 32)

(Overdrive/Distortion)

DRIVE Knob

Adjusts the degree of overdrive or distortion.

LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the overdrive/distortion volume level.

OD/DS On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

5. DELAY (p. 21, p. 33)

FEEDBACK Knob

Adjusts the number of times the delay is repeated.

LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the volume level of the delay sound.

DELAY On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

TAP Button

Use this when setting the delay time with the tap input. (p. 33)

6. CHORUS (p. 21, p. 34)

LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the volume level of the chorus sound.

CHORUS On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

7. REVERB (p. 21, p. 34)

LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the volume level of the reverb sound.

REVERB On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

8. FX-1 (p. 36)

FX-1 On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

9. FX-2 (p. 41)

FX-2 On/Off Button

Press to change the settings.

10. EQ (Equalizer) (p. 35)

EQ On/Off Button

Press when changing the settings.

11. NAME/NS/MASTER Button (p. 24, p. 53)

Use for naming patches (NAME), setting the noise suppressor (NS), and making the master settings (MASTER).

12. ASSIGN Button (p. 60)

Use this to make settings for the expression pedal and control pedal.

13. INPUT SELECT Button

Selects the input signal to which the effect is applied.

14. QUICK FX Button (p. 22)

Using the Quick Settings lets you complete the settings procedure quickly and easily.

15. PATCH/VALUE Dial

Use this when switching patches and changing the values of settings.

16. PARAMETER Buttons

Press to select parameters.

  • To jump to the main parameters, hold down one of these buttons while you press the other. With items for which there aren't that many parameters, the GS-10 jumps to the last (or initial) parameter.

17. EXIT Button

Use this to undo operations.

18. WRITE Button

Press to store settings.

19. AUX INPUT LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the volume of the input from the AUX INPUT jack.

  • Setting the input level too high may result in oscillation.

20. OUTPUT LEVEL Knob

Adjusts the GS-10's output level and the unit's speaker volume.

21. USB Button (p. 78)

Used when making USB-related settings.

The indicator lights when the GS-10 is connected to your computer.

22. SPEAKER ON/OFF Button (p. 15)

Switches the GS-10's speakers on and off.

23. METER Button (p. 67)

Press to use the meter function.

24. SYSTEM Button

Use for making settings for the GS-10's overall operating environment.

25. TUNER Button (p. 64)

Press to use the tuner function.

26. DIRECT PATCH Button (p. 18)

Allows you to directly call up your favorite patches registered in the GS-10.

27. PHONES Jack

Connect the stereo headphones here.

28. GUITAR/BASS Jack

The guitar or bass is connected here.

Rear Panel

ROLAND GS-10 - Rear Panel - 1

1. MIC INPUT Jack/Connector

Input jack/connector for use with mics. Both standard TRS type and XLR type are provided.

  • Use only one of these jacks at a time.
  • Not compatible with phantom power.

2. AUX INPUT Jacks L/R

Used for connecting a CD player or similar audio device, rhythm machine, sound module, or similar devices.

3. OUTPUT Jacks L/R

Used for connecting to an audio set, recorder, mixer, or similar equipment.

4. GUITAR AMP OUT Jack

Connect your guitar amp here.

5. EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2

(Expression Pedal/Control Pedal 1,2) Jack

Connect an optional expression pedal (such as the EV-5) or foot switch (such as the FS-5U) here.

6. DIGITAL OUT Connector

Outputs digital audio signals.

7. USB Connector

Use a USB cable to connect this connector to your computer to exchange data between the GS-10 and the computer.

8. MIDI IN/OUT Connector

Connect an external MIDI device to these connectors to transmit and receive MIDI messages

9. POWER switch

Turns the power on and off.

10. AC Adaptor Jack

Connect the included AC adaptor (BRC series) here.

11. Cord Hook

Hook the AC adaptor cord here to prevent the adaptor plug from being disconnected.

  1. Security Slot ( http://www.kensington.com/

Signal Flow

ROLAND GS-10 - Signal Flow - 1
Audio signal
Control or MIDI signal

Chapter 1 Playing Sounds

Making the Connections

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 1

  • To prevent malfunction and/or damage to speakers or other devices, always turn down the volume, and turn off the power on all devices before making any connections.
  • Turn up guitar amp and audio amp volume levels and the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL only after turning on the power to all connected devices.
  • To prevent the inadvertent disruption of power to your unit (should the plug be pulled out accidentally), and to avoid applying undue stress to the AC adaptor jack, anchor the power cord using the cord hook, as shown in the illustration.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 2

This instrument is equipped with balanced (XLR/TRS) type MIC INPUT jacks. Wiring diagrams for these jacks are shown below. Make connections after first checking the wiring diagrams of other mic you intend to connect.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 3
1: GND
2: HOT
3: COLD

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 4

  • Not compatible with phantom power.

  • Howling could be produced depending on the location of mics relative to speakers. This can be remedied by:

  • Changing the orientation of the mic(s).

  • Relocating mic(s) at a greater distance from speakers.
  • Lowering volume levels.

  • When using the unit with an expression pedal connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack, set Minimum Volume to the "MIN" position.

  • Use only the specified expression pedal (Roland EV-5; optional). By connecting any other expression pedals, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to the unit.
  • When using the unit with a foot switch (FS-5U; optional) connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack, set the polarity switch as shown below.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 5

  • You can use the special (optional Roland) PCS-31 connector cord to connect two foot switches.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 6

When using the unit with a foot switch (the optional FS-5U) connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack, make the settings given on p. 59.

Turning On the Power

Once the connections have been completed, turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to speakers and other devices.

  1. Before turning on the power, confirm the following.

  2. Are all external devices properly connected?

  3. Is the volume on the GS-10, your amp, and all other connected devices turned down to the minimum level?

  4. Switch ON the POWER switch on the GS-10's rear panel. A few seconds later, the unit enters the ordinary performance mode. The screen that appears at this point is called the "Play screen."

POWER LEAD

0831

  • Upon power-up, the patch most recently selected when the power was last turned off is selected.
  • This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

  • Next, turn on the power to guitar amp and audio devices.

Turning Off the Power

  1. Before turning off the power, confirm the following.
  2. Is the volume on the GS-10, your amp, and all other connected devices turned down to the minimum level?
  3. Turn off the power to guitar amp and audio devices.
  4. Turn the GS-10's power off.

Using the GS-10's Speakers

Press [SPEAKER ON/OFF], causing the indicator to light.

ROLAND GS-10 - Using the GS-10's Speakers - 1

  • When not using the GS-10's speakers, press [SPEAKER ON/OFF], so the indicator is off.

Adjusting the Output Level

Adjust the GS-10's output level and speaker volume with the OUTPUT LEVEL knob.

ROLAND GS-10 - Adjusting the Output Level - 1

Setting Output Device (Amps) (OUTPUT SELECT)

Select the type of output device connected to the OUTPUT jack or GUITAR AMP OUT jack.

To derive the maximum performance from the GS-10, be sure to make the correct setting for OUTPUT SELECT, the one that's most suitable for your setup.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting Output Device (Amps) (OUTPUT SELECT) - 1

  1. Press [SYSTEM], causing the indicator to light.

The Output Select settings screen appears.

OUTPUT:Select Line/Phones

  1. Turn the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the type of device connected to the OUTPUT jack or GUITAR AMP OUT jack.

Line/Phones

Set this when connecting the OUTPUT jack to an audio set or when connecting a recorder for recording.

Use this setting also when using the GS-10's speakers or headphones.

Combo AMP

Use this setting when connecting to the guitar input of a combo amp (where the amp and speaker or speakers are combined in a single unit).

Stack AMP

Use this setting when connecting to the guitar input of a stack-type guitar amp (where the amp and speaker or speakers are separated).

Combo Return

Use this setting when connecting to RETURN with a combo amp.

Stack Return

Use this setting when connecting to RETURN of a stack amp or rack mounted power amp.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

  2. Set OUTPUT SELECT as shown below, when the PREAMP/ SPEAKER type (p. 29) is set to CONCERT 810, SESSION, BASS 360, T.E., B-MAN, FLIP TOP, Bass Clean, Bass Crunch, Bass HiGain, or Mic Preamp.

When connecting to an audio amp or similar equipment: Line/Phones

When connecting to a guitar amp:

Combo Amp or Combo Return

When connecting to a bass amp:

Stack Amp or Stack Return

Guitar Tuning

You can use the GS-10's built-in "tuner function" to tune your guitar.

For instructions on using this function, refer to "Tuning the Guitar" (p. 64).

Connecting Audio Devices to the AUX INPUT Jack

When using a CD or MD player, rhythm machine, or similar device for practice, connect these device to the AUX INPUT jack on the rear panel.

ROLAND GS-10 - Connecting Audio Devices to the AUX INPUT Jack - 1

Use the AUX INPUT knob on the front panel to adjust the input volume level for AUX INPUT.

  • Setting the input level too high may result in oscillation.

ROLAND GS-10 - Connecting Audio Devices to the AUX INPUT Jack - 2

The input sounds from the AUX INPUT jack are mixed with the guitar sounds within the GS-10, making this a convenient feature when using the GS-10's speakers or headphones.

  • The mixed sound is not output from DIGITAL OUT.

AUX INPUT

You can set INPUT SELECT and use USB to record the input sounds from the AUX INPUT jack to your computer, and record to a recorder using DIGITAL OUT.

You can also add effects to the sounds input from the AUX INPUT jack.

For instructions on setting INPUT SELECT, refer to "Selecting the Input (INPUT SELECT)" (p. 19).

Using the Digital Output

Digital signals are output from the DIGITAL OUT connector on the rear panel. You can connect this directly to the digital in connector of a digital recorder or other device and record with no degradation in sound quality.

ROLAND GS-10 - Using the Digital Output - 1
Digital Recorder

Chapter 2 Creating Your Own Favorite Tones (Patches)

What is a Patch?

The GS-10 can store 200 combinations (or "sets") of effects and parameter settings. Each of these sets is called a "patch." Patches include both User patches and Preset patches.

ROLAND GS-10 - What is a Patch? - 1

User Patches (U001-U100)

Newly created effects settings are saved in the User patches.

  • A "U" appears in the display when a User patch is being used.

ROLAND GS-10 - User Patches (U001-U100) - 1

Preset Patches (P101-P200)

The Preset patches contain effect settings that really help bring out the special characteristics of the GS-10.

Although you cannot overwrite the Preset patches with your own settings, you can change (edit) a Preset patch's settings, then save the result as a User patch. (p. 25)

  • A "p" appears in the display when a Preset patch is being used.

ROLAND GS-10 - Preset Patches (P101-P200) - 1

How to Select Patches (Patch Change)

When the Play screen is showing in the display, you can switch patches using the PATCH/VALUE dial or DIRECT PATCH [1]-[4] (p. 27).

ROLAND GS-10 - How to Select Patches (Patch Change) - 1

  • If you want to set a limit to the number of patches that can be selected with the PATCH/VALUE dial, change the system function settings (p. 65).
  • Settings currently being edited are cleared when you switch patches. If you want to save the setting changes you've made, use the Write procedure (p. 25).

About the Display Indication

The following information appears in the Play screen.

ROLAND GS-10 - About the Display Indication - 1

If the Patch Does Not Switch

On the GS-10, you cannot switch patches in any screen other than the Play screen. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen (p. 15).

Selecting the Input (INPUT SELECT)

This selects the input signal to which the effects are added. This is also used for setting the type of device connected to the input connector.

To derive the maximum performance from the GS-10, be sure to make the correct setting for INPUT SELECT, the one that's most suitable for your setup.

You may not be able to achieve the expected effect if this is not set correctly.

ROLAND GS-10 - Selecting the Input (INPUT SELECT) - 1

  1. Press [INPUT SELECT].

The Input Select settings screen appears.

Input Select.
Guitar

  1. Turn the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the settings.

Guitar:

You can add effects to the signals input from the GUITAR/BASS INPUT connector (when a guitar is connected). Signals from MIC INPUT are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 from the USB or AUX INPUT connectors are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - Guitar: - 1

Bass:

You can add effects to the signals input from the GUITAR/BASS jack (when a bass is connected). Signals from MIC INPUT are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 from the USB or AUX INPUT connectors are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - Bass: - 1

  • Depending on the type of bass guitar you are using, you may not be able to achieve the intended effect if the input level to the GS-10 is excessively high. In such cases, lower the volume or tone of your bass guitar.

Microphone:

You can add effects to the signals input from the MIC INPUT connector. Signals from GUITAR/BASS jack are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 from the USB or AUX INPUT connectors are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - Microphone: - 1

  • After setting INPUT SELECT to Microphone, you can press PARAMETER [▶] to set the mic gain (p. 20).

USB (Gtr/Mic):

You can add effects to the signals input from the USB connector (for sounds in the guitar and vocal registers). Signals from GUITAR/BASS and MIC INPUT are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 from the AUX INPUT connector are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - USB (Gtr/Mic): - 1

  • After setting INPUT SELECT to USB (Gtr/Mic), you can press PARAMETER [▶] to set the USB input level (p. 78).

USB (Bass):

You can add effects to the signals input from the USB connector (for sounds in the bass and similar registers). Signals from GUITAR/BASS INPUT and MIC INPUT are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 from the AUX INPUT connector are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - USB (Bass): - 1

  • After setting INPUT SELECT to USB (Bass), you can press PARAMETER [▶] to set the USB input level (p. 78).

AUX:

This setting is used when selecting the input signal from the AUX INPUT connector. Signals input from the GUITAR/BASS INPUT and MIC INPUT are disregarded, and the signals input to the GS-10 via USB are mixed with the effect output.

ROLAND GS-10 - AUX: - 1

Setting the Mic Input Level (MIC GAIN)

This sets the mic input level when INPUT SELECT is set to Microphone.

  • The mic gain setting is a global setting used by all patches.

  • Press PARAMETER [▶].

The MIC GAIN settings screen appears in the display.

Mic Gain 10

  1. Adjust the gain by turning the PATCH/VALUE dial while picking up sounds with the mic.

Adjust the level so that the level meter does not fluctuate beyond the maximum allowable level.

Mic Gain 10

  • Set the volume for the sound being miked (acoustic guitar, vocals, etc.) to the level to be used in performance.
  • Setting the mic gain too high may result in oscillation.

  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Adjusting the Tones with the Knobs

The GS-10 panel features 13 knobs for adjusting effect tones. You can use these knobs to make slight adjustments to tones in the selected patch quickly and easily.

ROLAND GS-10 - Adjusting the Tones with the Knobs - 1

PREAMP GAIN:

Adjusts the degree of preamp distortion. The distortion gets stronger as the knob is turned to the right.

PREAMP BASS:

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's low-frequency range. The low frequencies are boosted as the knob is turned to the right.

PREAMP MIDDLE:

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's midrange. The midrange frequencies are boosted as the knob is turned to the right.

PREAMP TREBLE:

Adjusts the sound quality of the preamp's high-frequency range. The high frequencies are boosted as the knob is turned to the right.

PREAMP PRESENCE:

Adjusts the sound quality in the preamp's ultra-high-frequency range. The ultra-high frequencies are boosted as the knob is turned to the right.

PREAMP LEVEL:

Adjusts the preamp volume level. The volume increases as the knob is turned to the right.

COMP (Compressor) SUSTAIN:

Adjusts the compressor's sustain effect (an effect that keeps the sound playing). The effect is strengthened as the knob is turned to the right.

OD/DS (Overdrive/Distortion) DRIVE

Adjusts the degree of overdrive or distortion. The distortion appears stronger as the knob is turned to the right.

OD/DS (Overdrive/Distortion) LEVEL:

Adjusts the overdrive/distortion volume level. The volume increases as the knob is turned to the right.

DELAY FEEDBACK:

Adjusts the number of times the delay is repeated. The number of repeats increases as the knob is turned to the right.

DELAY LEVEL:

Adjusts the volume level of the delay sound. The delay sound increases as the knob is turned to the right.

CHORUS LEVEL:

Adjusts the volume level of the chorus sound. The chorus sound increases as the knob is turned to the right.

REVERB LEVEL:

Adjusts the volume level of the reverb sound. The reverb sound increases as the knob is turned to the right.

Turning the Effect On and Off

The GS-10's internal effects are switched on and off with button controls. The indicator for an effect's ON/OFF button lights up when the effect is enabled.

ROLAND GS-10 - Turning the Effect On and Off - 1

  1. Press the ON/OFF button for the effect you want to be able to switch on and off.

The settings for the selected effect appear in the display.

  • With FX-1 and FX-2, the settings for the currently selected effect are shown.

Ourdrive/DeT Off Type Turbo DD

  1. Press the ON/OFF button again to switch the effect on or off.
  2. The effect name flashes in the display when that effect is disabled.
  3. To select another effect to be switched on and off, repeat Steps 1 and 2.
  4. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
  5. If you want to save a tone with the settings you've made, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save the tone to a User patch.

Setting the Effects Simply (QUICK FX)

Each effect includes prepared sample settings called "Quick Settings." You can easily create new effect sounds just by selecting and combining these Quick Settings.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the Effects Simply (QUICK FX) - 1

  1. Press [QUICK FX].

The effects selection screen appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the Effects Simply (QUICK FX) - 2

  • Performing Step 1 while editing an effect takes you to the status following Step 2.

  • Press the ON/OFF button for the effect you want to select for Quick Settings.

The name of the effect being set with Quick Settings appears in the upper row of the display, and the "Quick Settings Name" currently selected for that effect appears in the lower row of the display.

Quick OD/DS
PQ1:FAT BOOSTER

  • The following appears in the display immediately after patches are changed or when the settings in Quick settings are changed by editing the parameters.

Quick OD/DS ---User Setting

  • The upper row of the display flashes when the selected effect is switched off. Even when using the Quick Settings, you can switch effects on and off with the effect ON/OFF buttons.

  • Rotate the VALUE dial to select the Quick Setting you want.

The tone switches to that of the selected sample settings.

  • You can select “—: User Setting” to return the settings to their condition prior to selecting the Quick Settings.
  • To select Quick Settings for another effect, repeat Steps 2 and 3.
  • Even after performing this procedure, the settings selected in Step 3 are maintained as is and carried over to the Quick Settings for the next effect.
  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
  • If you want to save a tone with the settings you've made, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save the tone to a User patch.

Making More Precise Effect Settings

Each effect comprises several different kinds of parameters. You can more precisely create the sounds you want by editing each of these parameters individually.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making More Precise Effect Settings - 1

  1. Press the on/off button for the effect with the settings you want to change.
    The parameters for the selected effect appear in the display.
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to select the parameter whose settings are to be changed.

When more than one parameter is shown in the display, press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor to the parameter to be set.

MEMO

You can jump to the core parameters by pressing PARAMETER [ ] (or [ ]) while holding down PARAMETER [ ] (or [ ]). With items for which there aren't that many parameters, the GS-10 jumps to the last (or first) parameter.

  1. Rotate the VALUE dial to change the value of a setting.
  2. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for any other parameter settings you want to change.
  3. If you further want to change parameter settings in any other effects, repeat Steps 1 through 4.
  4. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

  5. If you want to save a tone with the settings you've made, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save the tone to a User patch.

Naming Patches

Each patch can be given a name (Patch Name) consisting of up to sixteen characters. You'll probably want to take advantage of this feature by assigning names that suggest the sound you'll obtain, or the song in which it'll be used.

ROLAND GS-10 - Naming Patches - 1

  1. Press [NAME/NS/MASTER] so that the Name edit screen appears in the display.

  2. With each press of [NAME/NS/MASTER], you move to the next item that can be set, in this order: Name → Noise Suppressor → Master → Foot Volume → Effect Chain.

Name
EPOWER LEAD

  1. Press PARAMETER [][] to move the cursor to the text area you want to edit.
  2. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the characters.

  3. You can use the following functions when changing text characters.

CAPS: Switches the character at the cursor position between upper and lower case.

INS: Inserts a blank space at the cursor position.

DEL: Deletes the character at the cursor position and shifts the characters following it to the left.

  1. If you want to edit names further, repeat Steps 2 and 3.
  2. If you want to save the sequence you've set up, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save it to a User patch. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Changing the Connection Order of Effects (Effect Chain)

Here's how you can change the order in which the effects are connected.

ROLAND GS-10 - Changing the Connection Order of Effects (Effect Chain) - 1

  1. Press [NAME/NS/MASTER] until "Effect Chain" appears in the display.
  2. With each press of [NAME/NS/MASTER], you move to the next item that can be set, in this order: Name → Noise Suppressor → Master → Foot Volume → Effect Chain.

Effect Chain

  • Effects are shown in lowercase letters when turned off.
  • Use the PATCH/VALUE dial or PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor to the point where you want to have an effect inserted.
  • Press the On/Off button for the effect you want to insert.

The selected effect is inserted at the cursor position.

  • Use [ASSIGN] to assign Foot Volume.

  • If you want to change the sequence further, repeat Steps 2 and 3.

  • If you want to save the sequence you've set up, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save it to a User patch. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

MEMO

Effects can be switched on and off even while making the settings for the connection order (excluding FV, NS, and USB).

With effects appearing to the left and right of the cursor, the ON/OFF button corresponding to the effect can be pressed to turn them on/off.

Chapter 3 Saving the Tones You Have Created

Storing Patches (PATCH WRITE)

When you want to keep a tone created with the Quick Settings or a tone with altered parameter values, use the "Write procedure" to save it to a User patch.

  • If the power is turned off, or if the tone is switched (Patch Change; p. 18) before you've carried out the Write procedure, the newly created tone will be discarded.

ROLAND GS-10 - Storing Patches (PATCH WRITE) - 1

1. Press [WRITE].

The screen for specifying the save-destination User patch appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Press [WRITE]. - 1

2. Rotate the VALUE dial to select the save-destination User patch.

  • This step is unnecessary if the current User patch is acceptable.
  • To cancel the Write procedure, press [EXIT]. The Play screen returns to the display.

3. Press [WRITE].

The GS-10 switches to the write-destination patch, and you're returned to the Play screen.
* The sound of the patch previously stored at the write destination will be lost once the write is executed.

Copying Patches

You can copy a Preset or User patch to another User patch.

ROLAND GS-10 - Copying Patches - 1

  1. Select the copy-source patch (refer to "How to Switch Patches"; p. 18).

2. Press [WRITE].

The screen for specifying the copy-destination patch number appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Press [WRITE]. - 1

3. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the copy-destination User patch.

  • To cancel the copy, press [EXIT]. The Play screen returns to the display.

4. Press [WRITE].

The GS-10 switches to the copy-destination patch, and you're returned to the Play screen.

  • The sound of the patch previously stored at the copy destination will be lost once the copy is executed.

Exchanging Patches

On the GS-10, you can "swap" or exchange the positions of two User patches. The following explains how this is done.

ROLAND GS-10 - Exchanging Patches - 1

  1. Select the exchange source patch.
  2. Refer to "Patch Change" (p. 18).
  3. Press [WRITE].
  4. Press PARAMETER [▶].

The screen for specifying the exchange-destination patch number appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Exchanging Patches - 2

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the exchange destination User patch.

  2. To cancel the exchange, press [EXIT]. The Play screen returns to the display.

  3. Press [WRITE].

The patch stored in the exchange source memory location and the patch stored in the exchange destination memory location are exchanged, and you're returned to the Play screen.

Initializing Patches

You can return (initialize) the User patches to their original standard settings.

ROLAND GS-10 - Initializing Patches - 1

  1. Select the User patch you want to initialize.
  2. Refer to "Patch Change" (p. 18).
  3. Press [WRITE].
  4. Press PARAMETER [▶] twice.

The screen for specifying the initialize-destination patch number appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Initializing Patches - 2

  • You can use the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the selection of the User patch to be initialized.
  • To cancel the initialization, press [EXIT]. The Play screen returns to the display.

  • Press [WRITE].

The GS-10 switches to the initialized patch, and the Play screen returns to the display.
* The tones stored in patches are lost once the initialization is executed.

Registering Your Favorite Patches (DIRECT PATCH)

You can register preferred patches to DIRECT PATCH [1]–[4] and then press these buttons to call up the corresponding patches directly.

ROLAND GS-10 - Registering Your Favorite Patches (DIRECT PATCH) - 1

  1. Press [SYSTEM] a number of times until "DIRECT PATCH" is displayed.

DIRECT PATCH:1 0001

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to select the number of the DIRECT PATCH button to which you want to register the patch.
  2. Use the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the patch you want to register.
  3. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

You can also register patches by selecting the patch in the Play screen, then pressing one of the DIRECT PATCH [1]-[4] buttons after pressing the [WRITE] button. In this case, the patch appearing in the display is registered.

  • When a patch is registered using this method, the current settings are also saved along with the patch when it's registered. If you want to register only the patch, use the regular registration method.

Copying the PREAMP/SPEAKER Settings to Another Channel

You can take the PREAMP/SPEAKER settings for one channel and copy them to another channel.

ROLAND GS-10 - Copying the PREAMP/SPEAKER Settings to Another Channel - 1

  1. Select the copy-source channel.
  2. Press [WRITE].
  3. Press CHANNEL SELECT [A]-[C] to select the copy-destination channel.

The channel copy screen appears in the display.

  • If you press the button for the same channel as the copy source, a channel other than the copy-source channel is selected for the copy destination.

ROLAND GS-10 - Copying the PREAMP/SPEAKER Settings to Another Channel - 2

  • To change the copy-source or copy-destination channel, press PARAMETER [▶] [▶] to move the cursor to the copy-source or copy-destination channel, then press CHANNEL SELECT [A]-[C].

You can alternatively rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the channel at the cursor position.

  • When the copy-source channel is changed, the tone is changed as well.
  • To cancel the copy, press [EXIT]. The Play screen returns to the display.

  • Press [WRITE].

The settings are copied.

  • If you want to keep a tone for which you have made settings, use the "Write procedure" (p. 25) to save it to a User patch.

Chapter 4 Introduction to Effects and Parameters

In this chapter you will find detailed descriptions for each of the GS-10's onboard effects, and the parameters used to control them.

MEMO

The sound being input to each effect is called the "direct sound," and the sound modified by the effect is called the "effect sound."

  • Setting values for gain- and volume-related parameters in the effects too high may result in oscillation.

To derive the maximum performance from the GS-10, be sure to make the correct setting for INPUT SELECT (p. 19), the one that's most suitable for your setup.

You may not be able to achieve the expected effect if this is not set correctly.

  • Depending on the type of bass guitar you are using, you may not be able to achieve the intended effect if the input level to the GS-10 is excessively high. In such cases, lower the volume or tone of your bass guitar.

The trademarks listed in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, which are separate companies from BOSS. Those companies are not affiliated with BOSS and have not licensed or authorized BOSS's GS-10. Their marks are used solely to identify the equipment whose sound is simulated by BOSS's GS-10.

PREAMP/SPEAKER (Preamp/ Speaker Simulator)

COSM technology plays an indispensable role in simulating the distinguishing characteristics of various guitar amps in the "Preamp" section, and is also used to simulate various speaker sizes and cabinet constructions in the "Speaker Simulator."

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
CH SelectA, B, C
Typerefer to p. 29
Gain0–120
Bass0–100
Middle0–100
Treble0–100
Presence0–100
Level0–100
BrightOff, On
Gain SWLow, Middle, High
SP Type (*)Off, Original, 1x8", 1x10", 1X12", 1X15", 1X18", 2X12", 2X15", 4X10", 4X12", 8X10", 8X12", Custom 1, Custom 2
Mic Type (*)DYN57, DYN421, CND451, CND87, FLAT
Mic Dis. (*)Off Mic, On Mic
Mic Pos. (*)Center, 1–10
Mic Level (*)0–100
Direct Level (*)0–100

(*) No effect when OUTPUT Select is set to "Line/Phones."

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the PREAMP/SPEAKER effect on/off.

CH Select (Channel Select)

Selects the preamp channel whose settings are to be changed.

Type

This sets the type of the guitar preamp.

JC-120This is the sound of the Roland JC-120.
Jazz ComboThis is a sound suited to jazz.
Full RangeThis is a sound with flat response. Good for acoustic guitar
Warm CleanThis gives a mellow, clean sound.
Clean TWINThis models a Fender Twin Reverb.
Pro CrunchThis models a Fender Pro Reverb.
TweedThis models a Fender Bassman 4 x 10" Combo.
CrunchThis is a crunch sound that can produce natural distortion.
BluesThis is a sound suited to blues.
Wild CrunchThis is a crunch sound with wild distortion.
VO DriveThis models the drive sound of a VOX AC-30TB.
VO LeadThis models the lead sound of the VOX AC-30TB.
MATCH DriveThis models the sound input to left input on a Matchless D/C-30.
Fat MATCHThis models the sound of a MATCHLESS with a modified high gain.
BG LeadThis models the lead sound of the MESA/ Boogie combo amp.
BG DriveThis models a MESA/Boogie with TREBLE SHIFT SW on.
BG RhythmThis models the rhythm channel of a MESA/Boogie.
Smooth DriveThis is a smooth drive sound.
MS1959 (I)This models the sound input to Input I on a Marshall 1959.
MS1959 (II)This models the sound input to Input II on a Marshall 1959.
MS1959 (I+II)This models the sound of a Marshall 1959 with Inputs I and II connected in parallel.
MS HiGainThis models the sound of a Marshall with a modified midrange boost.
Power StackThis provides the sound of a stack amp with active type tone circuitry.
R-FIER RedThis models the lead channel of a MESA/ Boogie Dual Rectifier.
R-FIER OrngThis models the rhythm channel of a MESA/ Boogie Dual Rectifier.
R-FIER VintThis models a MESA/ Boogie Rectifier with VINTAGE SW on.
T-AMP CleanThis models a Hughes & Kettner Triamp AMP1.
T-AMP CrunchThis models a Hughes & Kettner Triamp AMP2.
T-AMP LeadThis models a Hughes & Kettner Triamp AMP3.
SLDNThis models a Soldano SLO-100.
Drive StackThis is a drive sound with high gain.
Lead StackThis is a lead sound with high gain.
5150 DriveThis models the lead channel of a Peavey EVH 5150.
Metal StackThis is a drive sound suited to metal.
Metal LeadThis is a lead sound suited to metal.
CONCERT 810This models a Ampeg SVT.
SESSIONThis models a SWR SM-400.
BASS 360This models a acoustic 360.
T.E.This models a Trace Elliot AH600SMX.
B-MANThis models a Fender Bassman100.
FLIP TOPThis models a Ampeg B-15.
Bass CleanThis clean sound is great for use with bass guitars.
Bass CrunchThis is a crunch sound with natural distortion that sounds great with bass guitars.
Bass HiGainThis is a high-gain sound suitable for use with bass guitars.
Mic PreampPreamp suitable for vocals.
Custom 1Custom amp 1
Custom 2Custom amp 2
Custom 3Custom amp 3
  • When the type is set to CONCERT 810, SESSION, BASS 360, T.E., B-MAN, FLIP TOP, Bass Clean, Bass Crunch, Bass HiGain, or Mic Preamp set OUTPUT SELECT (p. 16) as shown below to match the GS-10 to the type of amp to be connected.
    When connecting to an audio amp or similar equipment: Line/Phones
    When connecting to a guitar amp: Combo Amp or Combo Return
    When connecting to a bass amp: Stack Amp or Stack Return

When CUSTOM 1-3 is selected for Type

You can set the following parameters when Type is set to CUSTOM.

ROLAND GS-10 - When CUSTOM 1-3 is selected for Type - 1

"Customizing the COSM Amps" (p. 55)

EDIT CUSTOM PRE 1-3

ParameterValue
TypeJC Clean, TW Clean, Crunch, VO Lead, BG Lead, MS1959 Stk, Modern Stk
Bottom-50–+50
Edge-50–+50
Bass Freq-50–+50
Treble Freq-50–+50
Preamp Low-50–+50
Preamp High-50–+50

Gain

Adjusts the distortion of the amp.

Bass

Adjusts the tone for the low frequency range.

Middle

Adjusts the tone for the middle frequency range.

Treble

Adjusts the tone for the high frequency range.

Presence

Adjusts the tone for the ultra high frequency range.

Level

Adjusts the volume of the entire preamp.

  • Be careful not to raise the Level setting too high.

Bright

Turns the bright setting on/off.

Off:

Bright is not used.

On:

Bright is switched on to create a lighter and crisper tone.

  • Depending on the "Type" setting, this may not be displayed.

Gain SW

Provides for selection from three levels of distortion: Low, Middle, and High. Distortion will successively increase for settings of "Low," "Middle" and "High."

  • The sound of each Type is created on the basis that the Gain is set to "Middle." So, normally set it to "Middle."

SP Type (Speaker Type)

OffThis turns off the speaker simulation.
OriginalThis is the built-in speaker of the amp you selected with “Type.”
1x8”This is a compact open-back speaker cabinet with one 8-inch speaker.
1x10”This is a compact open-back speaker cabinet with one 10-inch speaker.
1x12”This is a compact open-back speaker cabinet with one 12-inch speaker.
1x15”This is a compact open-back speaker cabinet with one 15-inch speaker.
1x18”This is a compact open-back speaker cabinet with one 18-inch speaker.
2x12”This is a general open-back speaker cabinet with two 12-inch speakers.
2x15”This is a general open-back speaker cabinet with two 15-inch speakers.
4x10”This is an optimal speaker cabinet for a large enclosed amp with four 10-inch speakers.
4x12”This is an optimal speaker cabinet for a large enclosed amp with four 12-inch speakers.
8x10”This is a double stack of two cabinets, each with four 10-inch speakers.
8x12”This is a double stack of two cabinets, each with four 12-inch speakers.
Custom 1Custom speaker 1
Custom 2Custom speaker 2

When Custom 1-2 is selected for SP Type

You can set the following parameters when SP Type is set to Custom 1-2.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Custom 1-2 is selected for SP Type - 1

"Customizing the Speakers" (p. 56)

EDIT CUSTOM SP 1-2

ParameterValue
Speaker Size5”–15"
Color Low-10–+10
Color High-10–+10
Speaker Numx1, x2, x4, x8
CabinetOpen, Close

Mic Type

This setting selects the simulated mic type.

DYN57General dynamic mic used for instruments and vocals. Optimal for use in miking gui- tar amps.
DYN421Dynamic mic with extended low end.
CND451Small condenser mic for use with instru- ments.
CND87Condenser mic with flat response.
FLATSimulates a mic with perfectly flat re- sponse. Produces a sonic image close to that of listening to the sound directly from the speakers (on site).

Mic Dis. (Mic Distance)

Simulates the distance between the mic and speaker.

Off Mic:

This setting points the mic away from the speaker.

On Mic:

Provides conditions whereby the mic is directed more towards the speaker.

Mic Pos. (Mic Position)

This simulates the microphone position. "Center" simulates the condition that the microphone is set in the middle of the speaker cone. "1-10" means that the microphone is moved away from the center of the speaker cone.

Mic Level

Adjusts the volume of the microphone.

Direct Level

Adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

COMP (Compressor)

This is an effect that produces a long sustain by evening out the volume level of the input signal. You can also use it as a "limiter" to suppress only the sound peaks and prevent distortion.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
Sustain0–100
Level0–100

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the COMP effect on/off.

Sustain

Adjusts the range (time) over which low-level signals are boosted. Larger values will result in longer sustain.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

OD/DS (Overdrive/Distortion)

This effect distorts the sound to create long sustain.

It provides 22 types of distortion and three different custom settings.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
Typerefer to below
Drive0-100
Bass-50-+50
Treble-50-+50
Effect Level0-100
Direct Level0-100

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the OD/DS effect on/off.

Type

Selects the type of distortion.

Blues ODThis is a crunch sound of the BOSS BD-2.
Turbo ODThis is the high-gain overdrive sound of the BOSS OD-2.
BoosterThis is a booster that works very well with COSM amps.
OD-1This is the sound of the BOSS OD-1.
T-ScreamThis models an Ibanez TS-808.
Natural ODThis is an overdrive sound that provides a natural-sounding distortion.
Bass ODThis is an overdrive sound that works well with bass guitars.
DistortionThis gives a basic, traditional distortion sound.
RATThis models a Proco RAT.
GUV DSThis models an Marshall GUV' NOR.
Mild DSThis is a distortion sound that provides a mild distortion.
Solid DSThis is a distortion sound featuring an edge effect.
DST+This models an MXR DISTORTION+.
Metal ZoneThis is the sound of the BOSS MT-2.
R-MANThis models a ROCKMAN.
Heavy MetalThis creates a heavier distortion sound.
LoudThis is a distortion sound with a boosted low end.
SharpThis is a distortion sound with a boosted high end.
MechanicalThis distortion sound boosts the low and high ends, yielding a mechanical-sounding distortion.
‘60s FUZZThis models a FUZZFACE.
Oct FUZZThis models an ACETONE FUZZ.
MUFF FUZZThis models an Electro-Harmonix Big Muff π.
Custom 1Custom OD/DS 1
Custom 2Custom OD/DS 2
Custom 3Custom OD/DS 3

When CUSTOM 1-3 is selected for Type

You can set the following parameters when TYPE is set to Custom 1-3.

ROLAND GS-10 - When CUSTOM 1-3 is selected for Type - 1

"Customizing Overdrive and Distortion" (p. 56)

EDIT CUSTOM DS 1-3

ParameterValue
TypeOD-1, OD-2, CRUNCH, DS-1, DS-2, METAL-1, METAL-2, FUZZ
Bottom-50—+50
Top-50—+50
Low-50—+50
High-50—+50

Drive

Adjusts the depth of distortion.

Bass

Adjusts the tone for the low frequency range.

Treble

Adjusts the tone for the high frequency range.

Effect Level

Adjusts the volume of the overdrive/distortion sound.

Direct Level

Adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

DELAY

This effect adds delayed sound to the direct sound, giving more body to the sound or creating special effects.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
TypeSingle, Pan, Stereo
DlyTime0 ms–1800 ms, BPM -BPM 。
Delay Time.F0 msec-20 msec
Tap Time0%-100% (Type = Pan)
Feedback0-100
High Cut700 Hz–11.0 kHz, Flat
Effect Level0-120

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the DELAY Effect on/off.

Type

This selects which type of delay.

Single:

By adjusting the delay time and feedback, you can obtain a normal delay effect.

Pan:

This delay is specifically for stereo output. This allows you to obtain the tap delay effect that divides the delay time, then deliver them to L and R channels.

ROLAND GS-10 - Pan: - 1

Stereo:

The direct sound is output from the left channel, and the effect sound is output from the right channel.

DlyTime (Delay Time)

This determines the delay time.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the time to twice or four times the time length of the BPM when the set time is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

DlyTime.F (Delay Time Fine)

Make fine adjustments to the delay time.

Tap Time

Adjusts the delay time of the right channel delay. This setting adjusts the R channel delay time relative to the L channel delay time (considered as 100% ).

Feedback

"Feedback" is returning a delay signal to the input. This parameter determines the amount of feedback. A higher value will increase the number of the delay repeats.

High Cut (High Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the high cut filter begins to take effect. This allows you to get a mild effect sound by cutting the high-end component above the set frequency. When it is set to "Flat," the high cut filter is off or has no effect.

Effect Level

This adjusts the volume of the delay sound.

MEMO

After [TAP] is pressed several times, the interval between presses of the button is then used as the delay time setting. You can change the Master BPM by setting the delay time to the BPM and pressing [TAP] several times.

CHORUS

In this effect, a slightly detuned sound is added to the original sound to add depth and breadth.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
ModeMono, Stereo1, Stereo2
Rate0–100, BPM 。-BPM ▢
Depth0–100
Pre Delay0.0 msec–40.0 msec
Low CutFlat, 55 Hz –800 Hz
High Cut700 Hz –11.0 kHz, Flat
Effect Level0–100

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the CHORUS effect on/off.

Mode

Selection for the chorus mode.

Mono:

This chorus effect outputs the same sound from both L and R.

Stereo1:

This is a stereo chorus effect that adds different chorus sounds to L and R.

Stereo2:

This is a stereo chorus effect produced by synthesizing the spatial characteristics of the direct sound and the effect sound.

Rate

Adjusts the rate of the chorus effect.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Adjusts the depth of the chorus effect. To use it for doubling effect, set the value to "0."

Pre Delay

Adjusts the time needed for the effect sound to be output after the direct sound has been output. By setting a longer pre delay time, you can obtain an effect that sounds like more than one sound is being played at the same time (doubling effect).

Low Cut (Low Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the low cut filter begins to take effect. This lets you cut the low-end component below the set frequency to create a clear, distinct low end, thereby bringing out the high end of the effect.

When "Flat" is selected, the low cut filter will have no effect.

High Cut (High Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the high cut filter begins to take effect. This allows you to get a mild effect sound by cutting the high-end component above the set frequency. When "Flat" is selected, the high cut filter will have no effect.

Effect Level

Adjusts the volume of the effect sound.

REVERB

This effect adds reverberation to the sound.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
TypeAmbience, Room, Hall 1, Hall 2, Plate
Rev Time0.1 sec–10.0 sec
Pre Delay0 msec–100 msec
Low CutFlat, 55.0 Hz–800 Hz
High Cut700 Hz–11.0 kHz, Flat
Density0–10
Effect Level0–100

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the REVERB effect on/off.

Type

This selects the reverb type. Various different simulations of space are offered.

AmbienceSimulates an ambience mic (off-mic, placed at a distance from the sound source) used in recording and other applications. Rather than emphasizing the reverberation, this reverb is used to produce a sense of openness and depth.
RoomSimulates the reverberation in a small room. Provides warm reverberations.
Hall 1Simulates the reverberation in a concert hall. Provides clear and spacious reverberations.
Hall 2Simulates the reverberation in a concert hall. Provides warm reverberations.
PlateSimulates plate reverberation (a reverb unit that uses the vibration of a metallic plate). Provides a metallic sound with a distinct upper range.

Rev Time (Reverb Time)

Adjusts the length (time) of reverberation.

Pre Delay

Adjusts the time until the reverb sound appears.

Low Cut (Low Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the low cut filter begins to take effect. This lets you cut the low-end component below the set frequency to create a clear, distinct low end, thereby bringing out the high end of the effect.

When "Flat" is selected, the low cut filter will have no effect.

High Cut (High Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the high cut filter begins to take effect. This allows you to get a mild effect sound by cutting the high-end component above the set frequency. When "Flat" is selected, the high cut filter will have no effect.

Density

This adjusts the density of the reverb sound.

Effect Level

Adjusts the volume of the reverb sound.

EQ (Equalizer)

Adjusts the tone. Parametric control is provided for the high-mid range and low-mid range.

ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
Low EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Lo-Mid f20.0 Hz–10.0 kHz
Lo-Mid Q0.5–16
Lo-Mid EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Hi-Mid f20.0 Hz–10.0 kHz
Hi-Mid Q0.5–16
Hi-Mid EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
High EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Level-20 dB--+20 dB

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Switches the EQ effect on/off.

Low EQ (Low Equalizer)

Adjusts the low frequency range tone.

Lo-Mid f (Low-Middle Frequency)

Specify the center of the frequency range that will be adjusted by the "Lo-Mid EQ."

Lo-Mid Q (Low-Middle Q)

Adjusts the width of the area affected by the EQ centered at the "Lo-Mid f." Higher values will narrow the area.

Lo-Mid EQ (Low-Middle Equalizer)

Adjusts the low-middle frequency range tone.

Hi-Mid f (High-Middle Frequency)

Specify the center of the frequency range that will be adjusted by the "Hi-Mid EQ."

Hi-Mid Q (High-Middle Q)

Adjusts the width of the area affected by the EQ centered at the "Hi-Mid f." Higher values will narrow the area.

Hi-Mid EQ (High-Middle Equalizer)

Adjusts the high-middle frequency range tone.

High EQ (High Equalizer)

Adjusts the high frequency range tone.

Level

Adjusts the volume after the equalizer.

FX-1

With FX-1, you can select the effect to be used from the following.

PEDAL WAH
- AUTO WAH
TONEMODIFY
ADV.COMP(Advanced Compressor)
- LIMITER
- ENHANCER
SLOWGEAR
TREMOLO
DEFRETTER
- RING MOD (Ring Modulator)
FEEDBACKER

Parameter Value

On/OffOff, On
FX SelectPW, AW, TM, ACS, LM, ENH, SG, TR, DF, RM, FB

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Switches the FX-1 effect on/off.

FX Select (Effect Select)

This selects the effect to be used.

PW (Pedal Wah)

This provides an effect that works like a wah pedal.

With PW selected, the expression pedal connected to the GS-10 can be automatically set to function as a wah pedal.

ROLAND GS-10 - PW (Pedal Wah) - 1

"Setting the External Expression Pedal Functions (Expression Pedal Function)" (p. 58)

ParameterValue
TypeCRY Wah, VO Wah, Fat Wah, Light Wah, 7String Wah, Reso Wah, Bass Wah, Custom 1, Custom 2, Custom 3
Pdl Position0–100
Level0–100

Type

This selects the wah type.

CRY WahThis models the sound of the CRY BABY wah pedal popular in the `70s.
VO WahThis models the sound of the VOX V846.
Fat WahThis is a wah sound featuring a bold tone.
Light WahThis wah has a refined sound with no un- usual characteristics.
7String WahWah featuring a broader range of variations for the seven-string guitar.
Reso WahThis completely original effect offers en- hancements on the characteristic resonances produced by analog synth filters.
Bass WahThis is a wah suitable for use with bass guitars.
Custom 1Custom wah 1
Custom 2Custom wah 2
Custom 3Custom wah 3

When Type Is Set to Custom1-3

You can select the following parameters when type is set to Custom1-3.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Type Is Set to Custom1-3 - 1

"Customizing Pedal Wah"(p.57)

EDIT CUSTOM WAH1-3

ParameterValue
TypeCRY WAH, VO WAH, Fat WAH, Light WAH, 7String WAH
Q-50–+50
Range Low-50–+50
Range High-50–+50
Presence-50–+50

Pdl Position (Pedal Position)

This adjusts the position of the wah pedal.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

AW (Auto Wah)

This changes the filtering over a periodic cycle, providing an automatic wah effect.

ParameterValue
ModeLPF, BPF
PolarityDown, Up
Sens0-100
Freq0-100
Peak0-100
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Depth0-100
Level0-100

Mode

Selection for the wah mode.

LPF (Low Pass Filter):

This creates a wah effect over a wide frequency range.

BPF (Band Pass Filter):

This creates a wah effect in a narrow frequency range.

Polarity

Selection for the direction in which the filter will change in response to the input.

Up:

The frequency of the filter will rise.

Down:

The frequency of the filter will fall.

Sens (Sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity at which the filter will change in the direction determined by the polarity setting. Higher values will result in a stronger response. With a setting of "0," the strength of picking will have no effect.

Frequency

This adjusts the center frequency of the Wah effect.

Peak

Adjusts the way in which the wah effect applies to the area around the center frequency. Lower values will produce a wah effect over a wide area around the center frequency. Higher values will produce a wah effect in a narrow area around the center frequency.

  • With a value of "50" a standard wah sound will be produced.

Rate

Adjusts the frequency of the auto wah.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Adjusts the depth of the auto wah effect.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

TM (Tone Modify)

This changes the characteristics of the connected guitar.

ParameterValue
TypeFat, Presence, Mild, Tight, Enhance, 'S' → 'H', 'H' → 'S', 'H' → 'HF', 'S' → Hollow, 'H' → Hollow, 'S' → AC, 'H' → AC, 'P' → AC
Low-50–+50
High-50–+50
Level0–100

Type

This selects the type of tone modification.

FatFat tone with boosted mid range.
PresenceBright tone with boosted high-mid range.
MildMild tone with the high end cut back.
TightTone with the low frequencies cut.
EnhanceTone with the high frequencies boosted.
‘S’ → ‘H’Changes from a single-coil pickup tone to a humbucking pickup tone.
‘H’ → ‘S’Changes from a humbucking pickup tone to a mixed tone of two single-coil pickups.
‘H’ → ‘HF’Changes from a humbucking pickup tone to a single-coil pickup half tone.
‘S’ → HollowChanges a single-coil pickup tone to a full-acoustic tone with the body resonance add-ed.
‘H’ → HollowChanges a humbucking pickup tone to a full-acoustic tone with the body resonance added.
‘S’ → ACChanges a single-coil pickup tone to an acoustic guitar tone.
‘H’ → ACChanges a humbucking pickup tone to an acoustic guitar tone.
‘P’ → ACChanges a piezo pickup tone to an acoustic guitar tone.

Low

Adjusts the tone for the low frequency range.

High

Adjusts the tone for the High frequency range

Level

Adjusts the volume.

ACS (Advanced Compressor)

This is an effect that produces a long sustain by evening out the volume level of the input signal. You can also use it as a "limiter" to suppress only the sound peaks and prevent distortion.

ParameterValue
TypeStereo Comp, BOSS Comp, D-Comp
Sustain0–100
Attack0–100
Tone-50–+50
Level0–100

Type

Selects the compressor type.

Stereo CompThis selects a stereo compressor.
BOSS CompThis models a BOSS CS-3.
D-CompThis models a MXR DynaComp.

Sustain

Adjusts the range (time) over which low-level signals are boosted. Larger values will result in longer sustain.

Attack

Adjusts the strength of the picking attack. Larger values will result in a sharper attack, creating a more clearly defined sound.

Tone

Adjusts the tone.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

LM (Limiter)

The limiter attenuates loud input levels to prevent distortion.

ParameterValue
TypeStereo LM, Rack 160D, Vtg Rack U
Attack0-100
Threshold0-100
Ratio1:1 -∞:1
Release0-100
Level0-100

Type

Selects the limiter type.

Stereo LMThis selects a stereo limiter.
Rack 160DThis models a dbx 160X.
Vtg Rack UThis models a UREI 1178.

Attack

Adjusts the strength of the picking attack when the strings are played. Higher values result in s sharper attack, creating a more clearly defined sound.

Threshold

Adjust this as appropriate for the input signal from your guitar. When the input signal level exceeds this threshold level, limiting will be applied.

Ratio

This selects the compression ratio used with signals in excess of the threshold level.

Release

This adjusts the time from when the signal level drops below the threshold until when limiting is removed.

Tone

Adjusts the tone.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

ENH (Enhancer)

By adding sounds which are out-of-phase with the direct sound, this effect enhances the definition of the sound, and pushes it to the forefront.

ParameterValue
Sens0-100
Freq800 Hz-10.0 kHz
Mix Level0-100

Sens (Sensitivity)

Adjusts the manner in which the enhancer will be applied relative to the input signals.

Freq (Frequency)

Adjusts the frequency at which the enhancer effect will begin to be applied. The effect will be made apparent in the frequencies above the frequency set here.

Mix Level

Adjusts the amount of phase-shifted sound of the range set by "Frequency" that is to be mixed with the input.

SG (Slow Gear)

This produces a volume-swell effect ("violin-like" sound).

ParameterValue
Sens0–100
Rise Time0–100

Sens (Sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity of the slow gear. When it is set to a lower value, the effect of the slow gear can be obtained only with a stronger picking, while no effect is obtained with a weaker picking. When the value is set higher, the effect is obtained even with a weak picking.

Rise Time

This adjusts the time needed for the volume to reach its maximum from the moment you begin picking.

TR (Tremolo)

Tremolo is an effect that creates a cyclic change in volume.

ParameterValue
Wave Shape0-100
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Depth0-100

Wave Shape

This adjusts changes in volume level.

Rate

Adjusts the frequency (speed) of the change.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Adjusts the depth of the effect.

DF (Defretter)

This simulates a fretless guitar.

ParameterValue
Tone-50—+50
Sens0–100
Attack0–100
Depth0–100
Resonance0–100
Effect Level0–100
Direct Level0–100

Tone

Adjusts the amount of blurring between the notes.

Sens (Sensitivity)

This controls the input sensitivity of the defretter.

Attack

Adjusts the attack of the picking sound.

Depth

This controls the rate of the harmonics.

Resonance

Adds a characteristically resonant quality to the sound.

Effect Level

Adjust the volume of the defretter sound.

Direct Level

Adjust the volume of the direct sound.

RM (Ring Modulator)

This creates a bell-like sound by ring-modulating the guitar sound with the signal from the internal oscillator. The sound will be unmusical and lack distinctive pitches.

ParameterValue
ModeNormal, Intelligent
Freq0–100
Effect Level0–100
Direct Level0–100

Mode

This selects the mode for the ring modulator.

Normal:

This is a normal ring modulator.

Intelligent:

By ring-modulating the input signal, a bell like sound is created. The intelligent ring modulator changes the oscillation frequency according to the pitch of the input sound and therefore produces a sound with the sense of pitch, which is quite different from "Normal." This effect does not give a satisfactory result if the pitch of the guitar sound is not correctly detected. So, you must use single notes, not chords.

Freq (Frequency)

This adjusts the frequency of the internal oscillator.

Effect Level

This adjusts the volume of the effect sound.

Direct Level

This adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

FB (Feedbacker)

This allows you to use feedback playing techniques.

  • Note that the notes you want to apply feedback to must be played singly and cleanly.
  • You can use the foot switch to switch the effect on and off. For more details, refer to "Setting the External Pedal Function for Individual Patches (Assign)" (p. 60).
ParameterValue
ModeOSC, Natural
Rise Time0-100Mode= OSC
Rise Time (▲)0-100Mode= OSC
F.B.Level0-100
F.B.Level (▲)0-100Mode= OSC
Vib Rate0-100, BPM- BPM Mode= OSC
Vib Depth0-100Mode= OSC

Mode

Select either oscillator "OSC" or natural "Natural."

OSC (Oscillator):

An artificial feedback sound will be created internally.

  • When OSC is selected, the effect is activated after a single note is played and the note stabilizes. A feedback effect is created when the effect switches on; the feedback disappears when the OSC effect switches off.

Natural:

Analyzes the pitch of the guitar sound being input, and then creates a feedback sound.

Rise Time

This determines the time needed for the volume of the feedback sound to reach its maximum from the moment the effect is turned on.

Rise Time (▲)

This determines the time needed for the volume of the one octave higher feedback sound to reach its maximum from the moment the effect is turned on.

F.B.Level (Feedback Level)

Adjusts the volume of the feedback sound.

F.B.Level (▲)

This adjusts the volume of the one octave higher feedback sound.

Vib Rate (Vibrato Rate)

This adjusts the rate of the vibrato when the feedbacker is on.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Vib Depth (Vibrato Depth)

This adjusts the depth of the vibrato when the feedbacker is on.

FX-2

With FX-2, you can select the effect to be used from the following.

PHASER
FLANGER
HARMONIST
- PITCH SHIFT (Pitch Shifter)
- OCTAVE
PEDAL BEND
2x2 CHORUS
PAN
VIBRATO
- UNI-V
- ROTARY
SHORT DELAY
HUMANIZER
SLICER
- AUTO RIFF
GUITAR SYNTH
- BASS SIM. (Bass Simulator)
- STEREO EQ (Stereo Equalizer)

Parameter

Value

On/Off

Off, On

FX Select

PH, FL, HR, PS, OC, PB, 2CE,

PAN, VB, UV, RT, SDD, HU, SL

AR, SYN, BS, SEQ

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Switches the FX-2 effect on/off.

FX Select (Effect select)

This selects the effect to be used.

PH (Phaser)

By adding varied-phase portions to the direct sound, the phaser effect gives a whooshing, swirling character to the sound.

ParameterValue
Type4 Stage, 8 Stage, 12 Stage, Bi-Phase
Rate0–100, BPM 。 -BPM ∅
Depth0–100
Manual0–100
Resonance0–100
Step RateOff, 0–100, BPM 。 -BPM ∅
Effect Level0–100
Direct Level0–100

Type

Selects the number of stages that the phaser effect will use.

4 StageThis is a four-phase effect. A light phaser effect is obtained.
8 StageThis is an eight-phase effect. It is a popular phaser effect.
12 StageThis is a twelve-phase effect. A deep phase effect is obtained.
Bi-PhaseThis is the phaser with two phase shift circuits connected in series.

Rate

This sets the rate of the phaser effect.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Determines the depth of the phaser effect.

Manual

Adjusts the center frequency of the phaser effect.

Resonance

Determines the amount of resonance (feedback). Increasing the value will emphasize the effect, creating a more unusual sound.

Step Rate

This sets the cycle of the step function that changes the rate and depth. When it is set to a higher value, the change will be finer.

Set this to "Off" when not using the Step function.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Effect Level

This adjusts the volume of the phaser.

Direct Level

This adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

FL (Flanger)

The flanging effect gives a twisting, jet-airplane-like character to the sound.

ParameterValue
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Depth0-100
Manual0-100
Resonance0-100
Separation0-100
Low CutFlat, 55.0 Hz-800 Hz
Effect Level0-100
Direct Level0-100

Rate

This sets the rate of the flanging effect.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Determines the depth of the flanging effect.

Manual

Adjusts the center frequency at which to apply the effect.

Resonance

Determines the amount of resonance (feedback). Increasing the value will emphasize the effect, creating a more unusual sound.

Separation

Adjusts the diffusion. The diffusion increases as the value increases.

Low Cut (Low Cut Filter)

This sets the frequency at which the low cut filter begins to take effect. This lets you cut the low-end component below the set frequency to create a clear, distinct low end, thereby bringing out the high end of the effect.

When "Flat" is selected, the low cut filter will have no effect.

Effect Level

This adjusts the volume of the flanger.

Direct Level

This adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

HR (Harmonist)

"Harmonist" is an effect where the amount of shifting is adjusted according to an analysis of the guitar input, allowing you to create harmonics based on diatonic scales.

  • Because of the need to analyze the pitch, chords (two or more sounds played simultaneously) cannot be played.
ParameterValue
Voice1-Voice, 2-Mono, 2-Stereo
Harm-2oct+2oct, Scale1-Scale29
PreDly0 ms-300 ms, BPM -BPM
Feedback0-100
Level0-100
KeyC (Am)-B (G#m)
Direct Level0-100
(User Scale)
User1-29
DIRC-B
EFFC-B (±2 octave)

Voice

This selects the number of voices for the pitch shift sound (harmony).

1-Voice:

One-voice pitch-shifted sound output in monaural.

2-Mono:

Two-voice pitch-shifted sound (HR1, HR2) output in monaural.

2-Stereo:

Two-voice pitch-shifted sound (HR1, HR2) output through left and right channels.

Harm (Harmony)

This determines the pitch of the sound added to the input sound, when you are making a harmony. It allows you to set it by up to 2 octaves higher or lower than the input sound. When the scale is set to "Scale 1-Scale29," this parameter sets the user scale number to be used.

PreDly (Pre Delay)

Adjusts the time from when the direct sound is heard until the harmonist sounds are heard. Normally you can leave this set at "0ms."

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the time to twice or four times the time length of the BPM when the set time is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Feedback

This adjusts the feedback amount of the harmonist sound.

Level

This adjusts the volume.

Key

Specify the key of the song you are playing. By specifying the key, you can create harmonies that fit the key of the song. The key setting corresponds to the key of the song (#, b) as follows.

ROLAND GS-10 - Key - 1

ROLAND GS-10 - Key - 2

Direct Level

This adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

Creating Harmonist Scales (User Scale)

When "Harmony" is set to any value from -2oct to +2oct, and the harmony does not sound the way you intend, use a "User scale."

You can set any of 29 different "User scales."

  1. Press [FX-2], then press PARAMETER [][] so that "FX Select" is displayed.
  2. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "HR."
  3. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to select "HR1 Harm" (or "HR2 Harm"), then rotate the PATCH/ VALUE dial to select a setting from "Scale 1-29."
  4. Press PARAMETER [▶] a number of times so that the User scale settings screen is displayed.

Key C DIR EFF User1: C -C

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor, then rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the User scale.

User:

You can change the number of the user scale.

DIR (Direct):

Sets the note name of the input sound. You can also play individual notes on the guitar and let the GS-10 interpret the note name.

EFF (Effect):

Sets the note name of the output sound.

The triangle next to the note name indicates the octave.

One downward-pointing triangle indicates a note one octave below the note displayed; two triangles indicate a two-octave drop.

One upward-pointing triangle indicates a note one octave above the note displayed; two triangles indicate a two-octave rise.

PS (Pitch Shifter)

This effect changes the pitch of the original sound (up or down) within a range of two octaves.

ParameterValue
Voice1-Voice, 2-Mono, 2-Stereo
ModeFast, Medium, Slow, Mono
Pitch-24 --+24
Fine-50--+50
PreDly0 ms-300 ms, BPM -BPM
Feedback0-100
Level0-100
Direct Level0-100

Voice

This selects the number of voices for the pitch shift sound.

1-Voice:

One-voice pitch-shifted sound output in monaural.

2-Mono:

Two-voice pitch-shifted sound (PS1, PS2) output in monaural.

2-Stereo:

Two-voice pitch-shifted sound (PS1, PS2) output through left and right channels.

Mode

Selection for the pitch shifter mode.

Fast, Medium, Slow:

A chord can be input with a normal pitch shifter. The response is slower in the order of Fast, Medium and Slow, but the modulation is lessened in the same order.

Mono:

This mode is used for inputting single notes.

Use this setting when you want to achieve a pedal bend effect with an external expression pedal.

Pitch

Adjusts the amount of pitch shift (the amount of pitch change) in semitone steps.

Fine

Make fine adjustments to the pitch shift.

  • The amount of the change in the Fine "100" is equivalent to that of the Pitch "1."

PreDly (Pre Delay)

Adjusts the time from when the direct sound is heard until the pitch shifted sounds are heard. Normally you can leave this set at "0ms."

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the time to twice or four times the time length of the BPM when the set time is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Feedback

This adjusts the feedback amount of the pitch shift sound.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

Direct Level

This adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

OC (Octave)

This adds a note one octave lower, creating a richer sound.

ParameterValue
RangeRange 1–Range 4
Octave Level0–100
Direct Level0–100

Range

This selects the pitch range for the input sound to which you want to add the effects.

The range to which the affect is applied changes with the Input Select (p. 19) value.

Input SelectGuitar Microphone USB (Gtr/Mic) AUXBass USB
Range 17th string, open (B) to 1st string, 24th fret (E)Low B, open (B) to High C, 24th fret (C)
Range 27th string, open (B) to 1st string, 12th fret (E)Low B, open (B) to 1st string, 19th fret (C)
Range 37th string, open (B) to 1st string, open (E)Low B, open (B) to 1st string, 9th fret (E)
Range 47th string, open (B) to 4th string, 2nd fret (E)Low B, open (B) to 2nd string, 2nd fret (E)

Octave Level

This adjusts the volume of the sound one octave below.

Direct Level

Adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

PB (Pedal Bend)

This lets you use the pedal to get a pitch bend effect.

The expression pedal automatically switches to the pedal bend function when PB is selected.

ROLAND GS-10 - PB (Pedal Bend) - 1

"Setting the External Expression Pedal Functions (Expression Pedal Function)" (p. 58).

ParameterValue
Pitch Min-24—+24
Pitch Max-24—+24
PdI Position0–100
Effect Level0–100
Direct Level0–100

Pitch Min

This sets the pitch at the point where the expression pedal is fully lifted.

Pitch Max

This sets the pitch at the point where the expression pedal is all the way down.

Pdl Position (Pedal Position)

This adjusts the pedal position for pedal bend.

Effect Level

This adjusts the volume of the pitch bend sound.

Direct Level

Adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

2CE (2x2 Chorus)

Two separate stereo chorus units are used for the low-frequency and high-frequency ranges in order to create a more natural chorus sound.

ParameterValue
Xover f100 Hz–4.00 kHz
Lo Rate0–100, BPM 。-BPM ⋅
Lo Depth0–100
Lo PreDly0.0 msec–40.0 msec
Lo Level0–100
Hi Rate0–100, BPM 。-BPM ⋅
Hi Depth0–100
Hi PreDly0.0 msec–40.0 msec
Hi Level0–100

Xover f (Crossover Frequency)

This parameter sets the frequency at which the frequency components of the direct sound are divided into bass and treble bands.

Lo Rate (Low Rate)

Adjust the speed of the chorus effect for the low frequency range.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Lo Depth (Low Depth)

Adjust the depth of the chorus effect for the low frequency range. If you wish to use this as a doubling effect, use a setting of "0."

Lo PreDly (Low Pre Delay)

Adjust the time from when the low frequency range direct sound is output until the effect sound is output. Extending the pre-delay will produce the sensation of multiple sounds (doubling effect).

Lo Level (Low Level)

Adjust the volume of the low frequency range.

Hi Rate (High Rate)

Adjust the speed of the chorus effect for the high frequency range.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Hi Depth (High Depth)

Adjust the depth of the chorus effect for the high frequency range. If you wish to use this as a doubling effect, use a setting of "0."

Hi PreDly (High Pre Delay)

Adjust the time from when the high frequency range direct sound is output until the effect sound is output. Extending the pre-delay will produce the sensation of multiple sounds (doubling effect).

Hi Level (High Level)

Adjust the volume of the high frequency range.

PAN

With the volume level of the left and right sides alternately changing, when playing sound in stereo, you can get an effect that makes the guitar sound appear to fly back and forth between the speakers.

ParameterValue
Wave Shape0–100
Rate0–100, BPM 。-BPM ⁶
Depth0–100

Wave Shape

This adjusts changes in volume level.

Rate

Adjusts the frequency (speed) of the change.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Adjusts the depth of the effect.

VB (Vibrato)

This effect creates vibrato by slightly modulating the pitch.

ParameterValue
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Depth0-100
TriggerOff, On
Rise Time0-100

Rate

This adjusts the rate of the vibrato.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

This adjusts the depth of the vibrato.

Trigger

This selects on/off of the vibrato.

  • It is assumed that this parameter will be assigned (p. 60) to the foot switch.

Rise Time

This sets the time passing from the moment the trigger is turned on until the set vibrato is obtained.

UV (Uni-V)

Although this resembles a phaser effect, it also provides a unique undulation that you can't get with a regular phaser.

ParameterValue
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Depth0-100
Level0-100

Rate

Adjusts the rate of the Uni-V effect.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

Adjusts the depth of the Uni-V effect.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

RT (Rotary)

This produces an effect like the sound of a rotary speaker.

ParameterValue
Speed SelSlow, Fast
Rate (Slow)0–100, BPM 。-BPM ⋅
Rate (Fast)0–100, BPM 。-BPM ⋅
Rise Time0–100
Fall Time0–100
Depth0–100

Speed Sel (Speed Select)

This parameter changes the simulated speaker's rotating speed (Slow or Fast).

Rate (Slow)

This parameter adjusts the speed of rotation when set to "Slow."

Rate (Fast)

This parameter adjusts the speed of rotation when set to "Fast."

  • When the Rate (Slow) or Rate (Fast) set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Rise Time

This parameter adjusts the time it takes for the rotation speed to change when switched from "Slow" to "Fast."

Fall Time

This parameter adjusts the time it takes for the rotation speed to change when switched from "Fast" to "Slow."

Depth

This parameter adjusts the amount of depth in the rotary effect.

SDD (Short Delay)

This is a delay with the maximum delay time of 400ms This effect is useful for making the sound fatter.

ParameterValue
DlyTime0 ms-400 ms, BPM √ -BPM √
Feedback0-100
Effect Level0-120

DlyTime (Delay Time)

Adjusts the delay time.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the time to twice or four times the time length of the BPM when the set time is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Feedback

Feedback refers to returning the delayed signal back into the input of the delay. This parameter adjusts the volume that is returned to the input. Higher settings will result in more delay repeats.

Effect Level

Adjusts the volume of delay sound.

HU (Humanizer)

This can create human vowel-like sounds.

ParameterValue
ModePicking, Auto, Random
Vowel 1a, e, i, o, u AutoMode= Picking,
Vowel 2a, e, i, o, u AutoMode= Picking,
Sens0-100Mode= Picking
Rate0-100, BPM- BPM
Depth0-100
Manual0-100Mode= Auto
Level0-100

Mode

This sets the mode that switches the vowels.

Picking:

It changes from vowel 1 to vowel 2 along with the picking. The time spent for the change is adjusted with the rate.

Auto:

By adjusting the rate and depth, two vowels (Vowel 1 and Vowel 2) can be switched automatically.

Random:

Five vowels (a, e, i, o, u) are called out at random by adjusting the rate and depth.

Vowel 1

This selects the first vowel.

ROLAND GS-10 - Vowel 1 - 1

Vowel 2

This selects the second vowel.

Sens (Sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity of the humanizer. When it is set to a lower value, no effect of the humanizer is obtained with weaker picking, while stronger picking produces the effect. When it is set to a higher value, the effect of the humanizer can be obtained whether the picking is weak or strong.

Rate

This adjusts the cycle for changing the two vowels.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Depth

This adjusts the depth of the effect.

Manual

This determines the point where the two vowels are switched. When it is set to "50," vowel 1 and vowel 2 are switched in the same length of time. When it is set to lower than "50," the time for vowel 1 is shorter. When it is set to higher than "50," the time for vowel 1 is longer.

Level

Adjusts the volume.

SL (Slicer)

This consecutively interrupts the sound to create the impression that a rhythm backing phrase is being played.

ParameterValue
PatternP1-P20
Rate0-100, BPM 。-BPM ∅
Trigger Sens0-100

Pattern

Select the slice pattern that will be used to cut the sound.

Rate

Adjust the rate at which the sound will be cut.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased).

When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Trigger Sens (Trigger Sensitivity)

Adjust the sensitivity of triggering. With low settings of this parameter, softly picked notes will not retrigger the phrase (i.e., the phrase will continue playing), but strongly picked notes will retrigger the phrase so that it will playback from the beginning. With high settings of this parameter, the phrase will be retriggered even by softly picked notes.

AR (Auto Riff)

This allows you to automatically produce a phrase simply by picking a single note. This can be used to easily play extremely rapid phrases.

  • Reception of large amounts of MIDI data while Auto Riff is playing may result in disturbances in the sound.
ParameterValue
PhrasePreset1-Preset30,User1-User10
LoopOff, On
Tempo0-100, BPM 。 -BPM √
Sens0-100
KeyC (Am)-B (G#m)Phrase = Preset
Attack0-100
HoldOff, On
Effect Level0-100
Direct Level0-100
(User Phrase)
User1-10
INC-B
STEP1-16
OUTC-B (±2 octave), -, end

Phrase

Select the phrase. User-programmed phrases are used when User 1-10 is selected.

Loop

If "Loop" is turned "On," the phrase will be played back continuously.

Tempo

Adjust the speed of the phrase.

  • When set to BPM, the value of each parameter will be set according to the value of the Master BPM (p. 54) specified for each patch. This makes it easier to achieve effect sound settings that match the tempo of the song (synchronizing the cycle to one-half or one-fourth of the BPM when the set cycle rate is increased). When setting to BPM, press PARAMETER [▶] to display the Master BPM settings screen.

Sens (Sensitivity)

Adjust the sensitivity of triggering. With low settings of this parameter, softly picked notes will not retrigger the phrase (i.e., the phrase will continue playing), but strongly picked notes will retrigger the phrase so that it will playback from the beginning. With high settings of this parameter, the phrase will be retriggered even by softly picked notes.

No retriggering occurs when the value is set to "0."

Key

Select the key of the song that you wish to play.

Attack

Adjust the strength of the attack. By adding an attack to each note of the phrase you can produce a sensation as though the notes were being picked.

Hold

If you turn hold "On" after you pick a note, the effect sound will continue even after there is no input signal.

Effect Level

Adjust the volume of the phrase.

Direct Level

Adjust the volume of the direct sound.

Creating Original Phrases (User Phrase)

In addition to the 30 different prepared phrases, you can also create up to ten of your own original phrases (User phrases).

  1. Press [FX-2], then press PARAMETER [][] so that "FX Select" is displayed.
  2. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "AR."
  3. Press [FX-2] a number of times to select "Phrase," then rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "User 1-10."
  4. Press PARAMETER [▶] a number of times until you have the User Phrase settings screen displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - Creating Original Phrases (User Phrase) - 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor, then rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the User phrase.

User:

specify the user phrase number.

IN:

Sets the note name of the input sound. You can also play individual notes on the guitar and let the GS-10 judge the note name.

STEP:

Sets the step of the phrase.

You can also play on the guitar and put the step forward.

OUT:

Specify the note name of the output sound.

The triangle next to the note name indicates the octave. One downward-pointing triangle indicates a note one octave below the note displayed; two triangles indicate a two-octave drop.

One upward-pointing triangle indicates a note one octave above the note displayed; two triangles indicate a two-octave rise.

SYN (Guitar Synth)

This detects the pitch of an electric guitar and outputs a synthesizer sound.

  • When you use a guitar synthesizer, observe the following points.
  • It does not work properly when a chord is played. Be sure to mute all the other strings and play in a single note.
  • When you are to play the next string while a certain sound is still playing, perfectly mute the previous sound then play the next one with a clear attack.
  • If the unit cannot detect the attack, it may not sound correctly.
ParameterValue
Sens0-100
WaveSquare, Saw, Brass, Bow
ChromaticOff, OnWave= Square, Saw
Octave Shift0, -1, -2Wave= Square, Saw
PWM Rate0-100Wave= Square
PWM Depth0-100Wave= Square
Cutoff Freq0-100
Resonance0-100
FLT.Sens0-100
FLT.Decay0-100
FLT.Depth-100 -100
AttackDecay, 0-100
Release0-100
Velocity0-100
HoldOff, OnWave= Square, Saw
Synth Level0-100
Direct Level0-100

Sens (Sensitivity)

This adjusts the input sensitivity. The response of the internal sound source is better with a higher sensitivity value, but the malfunctions will be increased on the other hand. So, try to set it as high as possible without causing malfunction.

Wave

This selects a wave type that is the source of the guitar synthesizer.

Square:

The unit detects the pitch and attack information from the input guitar sound, then send the square waveform ( ) from the internal sound generator.

Saw:

The unit detects the pitch and attack information from the input guitar sound, then send the saw waveform ( ) from the internal sound generator.

Brass:

The unit directly processes the input guitar sound and creates a guitar synthesizer sound. It gives a quick sound rise and send the sound with a sharp edge.

Bow:

The unit directly processes the input guitar sound and creates a guitar synthesizer sound. It outputs a soft sound without attack.

Chromatic

This switches on or off the chromatic function. When it is on, the pitch change of the synthesizer sound is in semitone steps. This does not respond to pitch changes less than a semitone, such as what might be obtained with bending or vibrato. Thus, this is effectively used for realistically playing musical instruments whose pitch will change in steps greater than a semitone, such as a keyboard.

  • Use this parameter when "Square" or "Saw" is selected for wave.

Octave Shift

This allows you to shift the pitch of the internal sound module in an octave step from the guitar sound.

  • This parameter should be set when "Square" or "Saw" is selected for the wave.

PWM Rate (Pulse Wise Modulation Rate)

This gives breadth or fatness to the sound by applying modulation to the waveform (only to Square) in the internal sound module. A higher value will quicken the rate of the modulation.

  • This parameter should be set only when "Square" is selected for the wave.

PWM Depth (Pulse Wise Modulation Depth)

This adjusts the depth of the PWM. When it is set to "0," no PWM effect is obtained.

  • This parameter should be set only when "Square" is selected for the wave.

Cutoff Freq (Cutoff Frequency)

This adjusts the frequency where the harmonics contents of the sound are cut off.

Resonance

This adjusts how much of the harmonics contents around the cutoff frequency should be emphasized.

FLT.Sens (Filter Sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity of the filter. When it is set to a lower value, the filter is affected only with stronger picking. When it is set higher, the filter changes even with weaker picking. When it is set to "0," the depth of the filter will be the same no matter how the picking strength may be.

FLT.Decay (Filter Decay)

This sets the time needed for the filter to finish its sweep.

FLT.Depth (Filter Depth)

This adjusts the depth of the filter. When the value is higher, the filter will change more drastically. The polarity of the filter will be opposite with "+" and "-"

Attack

This adjusts the time needed for a synthesizer sound to reach its maximum. When it is set to a lower value, the sound will rise quickly. When it is set higher, the sound will rise slowly. When it is set to "Decay," the sound will rise quickly and turn to a Release status regardless of the input of the guitar sound.

  • When "Brass" or "Bow" is selected for the wave, the attack time will not be quicker from a certain level even if the attack is set to "Decay" or "0."

Release

This determines the time needed for the synthesizer sound to reach zero from the moment the input of the guitar sound is completed.

  • When "Brass" or "Bow" is selected for the wave, the guitar signal itself is processed. That is, the synthesizer sound will go down when the guitar signal goes down no matter how long the release may be set.

Velocity

This adjusts the amount of the volume change of the synthesizer sound. When it is set to high, the volume change will be greater depending on the picking strength. When it is set to "0," no volume change is caused even by changing the picking manner.

Hold

The hold function can sustain the output of the synthesizer sound. If you turn on the hold while a synthesizer sound is being output, the synthesizer sound will be held until you turn it off.

  • It is assumed that this parameter will be assigned (p. 60) to the foot switch.
  • This parameter is used when "Square" or "Saw" is selected for the wave.

Synth Level

Adjusts the volume of the synthesizer sound.

Direct Level

Adjusts the volume of the direct sound.

BS (Bass Simulator)

Simulates the sound of a bass guitar. Obtain the sound of a bass guitar while playing an electric guitar.

  • You should avoid playing chords when using the Bass Simulator.
ParameterValue
CharacterLoose, Tight
Level0–100

Character

Bass tone characteristic is set. When "Loose" is selected, the sound becomes as if the string gauge was getting thicker.

Level

This adjusts the volume of the bass simulator.

SEQ (Stereo Equalizer)

This adjusts the tone as a stereo equalizer. A parametric type is adopted for the high-middle and low-middle range.

ParameterValue
Low EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Lo-Mid f20.0 Hz–10.0 kHz
Lo-Mid Q0.5–16
Lo-Mid EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Hi-Mid f20.0 Hz–10.0 kHz
Hi-Mid Q0.5–16
Hi-Mid EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Hi EQ-20 dB--+20 dB
Level-20 dB--+20 dB

Low EQ (Low Equalizer)

Adjusts the low frequency range tone.

Lo-Mid f (Low-Middle Frequency)

Specify the center of the frequency range that will be adjusted by the "Lo-Mid EQ."

Lo-Mid Q (Low-Middle Q)

Adjusts the width of the area affected by the EQ centered at the "Lo-Mid f." Higher values will narrow the area.

Lo-Mid EQ (Low-Middle Equalizer)

Adjusts the "Lo-Mid f" range tone.

Hi-Mid f (High-Middle Frequency)

Specify the center of the frequency range that will be adjusted by the "Hi-Mid EQ."

Hi-Mid Q (High-Middle Q)

Adjusts the width of the area affected by the EQ centered at the "Hi-Mid f." Higher values will narrow the area.

Hi-Mid EQ (High-Middle Equalizer)

Adjusts the "Hi-Mid f" range tone.

High EQ (High Equalizer)

Adjusts the high frequency range tone.

Level

Adjusts the volume after the equalizer.

NAME/NS/MASTER

You can select the following items in NAME/NS/MASTER.

  • Name (Patch Name)
  • Noise Suppressor
  • Master
  • Foot Volume
    Effect Chain

  • With each press of [NAME/NS/MASTER], you move to the next item that can be set, in this order:

Name Noise Suppressor Master Foot Volume Effect Chain.

Name (Patch Name)

Each patch can be given a name (Patch Name) consisting of up to sixteen characters. You'll probably want to take advantage of this feature by assigning names that suggest the sound you'll obtain, or the song in which it'll be used.

  1. Press [NAME/NS/MASTER] so that the Name edit screen appears in the display.

Name POWER LEAD

  1. Press PARAMETER [][] to move the cursor to the text area you want to edit.
  2. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the characters.

  3. You can use the following functions when changing text characters.

CAPS: Switches the character at the cursor position between upper and lower case.

INS: Inserts a blank space at the cursor position.

DEL: Deletes the character at the cursor position and shifts the characters following it to the left.

  1. If you want to edit names further, repeat Steps 2 and 3.
  2. If you want to save the sequence you've set up, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save it to a User patch.

Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Noise Suppressor

This effect reduces the noise and hum picked up by guitar pickups. Since it suppresses the noise in synchronization with the envelope of the guitar sound (the way in which the guitar sound decays over time), it has very little effect on the guitar sound, and does not harm the natural character of the sound.

  • Please connect the noise suppressor in the signal path prior to the reverberation type effect. This setup will prevent an natural break of the reverberation type effect.
ParameterValue
On/OffOff, On
Threshold0–100
Release0–100

On/Off (Effect On/Off)

Turns the noise suppressor effect on/off.

This parameter can be set with the PATCH/VALUE dial.

  • Even if [NAME/NS/MASTER] is pressed, you cannot switch the noise suppressor on and off.

Threshold

Adjust this parameter as appropriate for the volume of the noise. If the noise level is high, a higher setting is appropriate. If the noise level is low, a lower setting is appropriate. Adjust this value until the decay of the guitar sound is as natural as possible.

  • High settings for the threshold parameter may result in there being no sound when you play with your guitar volume turned down.

Release

Adjusts the time from when the noise suppressor begins to function until the noise level reaches "0."

Master

ParameterValue
Patch Level0–200
Master BPM40–250

Patch Level

This adjusts the output volume of the GS-10.

Master BPM

Adjust the BPM value for each patch.

  • BPM (beats per minute) indicates the number of quarter note beats that occur each minute.
  • When you have an external MIDI device connected, the Master BPM synchronizes to the external MIDI device's tempo, making it impossible to set the Master BPM. To enable setting of the Master BPM, set "MIDI Sync Clock" (p. 69) to Internal.

Control with the Master BPM

To input the Master BPM with the foot switch, set "Assign" as follows.

Quick Setting (p. 60)

P11: MSTR BPM TAP

Manual Settings (p. 61)

Set ASSIGN to ON and set the following as shown.

Target: Master BPM (Tap)

Target Min: Off

Target Max: On

Source: CTL 1 (or CTL 2)

Source Mode: Normal

Act.Range Lo: 0

Act.Range Hi: 127

  • When controlling the Assigns with the foot switch, the system parameter CTL 1 Func (or CTL 2 Func) must be set to "Assign 1-8" (p. 58, p. 59).

Foot Volume

This is a volume control effect.

Usually, this is controlled to the expression pedal.

Parameter Value

Level 0-100

Level

Adjusts the volume.

Effect Chain

Here's how you can change the order in which the effects are connected.

  1. Press [NAME/NS/MASTER] until "Effect Chain" appears in the display.

  2. With each press of [NAME/NS/MASTER], you move to the next item that can be set, in this order: Name Noise Suppressor Master Foot Volume Effect Chain.

ROLAND GS-10 - Effect Chain - 1

  • Effects are shown in lowercase letters when turned off.

  • Use the PATCH/VALUE dial or PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor to the point where you want to have an effect inserted.

  • Press the On/Off button for the effect you want to insert.

The selected effect is inserted at the cursor position.

  • Use [ASSIGN] to assign Foot Volume.

  • If you want to change the sequence further, repeat Steps 2 and 3.

  • If you want to save the sequence you've set up, use the Write procedure (p. 25) to save it to a User patch.

Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

MEMO

Effects can be switched on and off even while making the settings for the connection order. With effects appearing to the left and right of the cursor, the ON/OFF button corresponding to the effect can be pressed to turn them on/off.

Chapter 5 Creating Original Effects Types (Customize)

With the GS-10's Customize function, you can rely on your own sensibilities and create a totally new effect by tweaking the settings for the "Preamp/Speaker Simulator," "Overdrive/Distortion," and "Pedal Wah." The result can then be saved on the GS-10 as "Custom" settings. You can also use these custom settings in other patches.

The trademarks listed in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, which are separate companies from BOSS. Those companies are not affiliated with BOSS and have not licensed or authorized BOSS's GS-10. Their marks are used solely to identify the equipment whose sound is simulated by BOSS's GS-10.

Customizing the COSM Amps

You can make three different sets of settings, Custom 1, Custom 2, and Custom 3.

  • The sound of any patch that uses Custom 1, 2, or 3 will be altered if the custom settings are edited.

  • Press the PREAMP/SPEAKER On/Off switch to display the PREAMP/SPEAKER effect screen.

  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to call up the Type parameter.
  • Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to call up "Custom 1," "Custom 2," or "Custom 3."

PreanP/SP On ch A: Custom 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to show the custom parameters.

EDIT CUSTOM PRE1 Type JC Clean

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's value.
  2. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as needed.
  3. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
ParameterValue
TypeJC Clean, TW Clean, Crunch, VO Lead, BG Lead, MS1959 Stk, Modern Stk
Bottom-50–+50
Edge-50–+50
Bass Freq-50–+50
Treble Freq-50–+50
Preamp Low-50–+50
Preamp High-50–+50

Type

Selects the basic type of preamp.

JC CleanThis is the sound of the Roland JC-120.
TW CleanThis models a Fender Twin Reverb.
CrunchThis is a crunch sound that can produce natural distortion.
VO LeadThis models the drive sound of a VOX AC-30TB.
BG LeadThis models the lead sound of the MESA/Boogie combo amp.
MS1959 StkThis models the sound input to Input I on a Marshall 1959.
Modern StkThis models the rhythm channel of a MESA/Boogie Dual Rectifier.

Bottom

Adjusts the amount of distortion in the low frequencies.

Edge

Adjusts the amount of distortion in the high frequencies.

Bass Freq (Bass Frequency)

Adjusts the frequency affected by the BASS knob.

Treble Freq (Treble Frequency)

Adjusts the frequency affected by the TREBLE knob.

Preamp Low

Adjusts the preamp section's low-frequency tone.

Preamp High

Adjusts the preamp section's high-frequency tone.

Customizing the Speakers

You can make three different sets of settings, Custom 1 and Custom 2.

  • The sound of any patch that uses Custom 1 or 2 will be altered if the custom settings are edited.

  • Press the PREAMP/SPEAKER On/Off switch to display the PREAMP/SPEAKER effect screen.

  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to call up the SP Type parameter.
  • Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to call up "Custom 1" or "Custom 2."

PreanP/SP On SP Type Custom 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to show the custom parameters.

EDIT CUSTOM SP 1 Speaker Size 12"

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's value.
  2. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as needed.
  3. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
ParameterValue
Speaker Size5”–15"
Color Low-10–+10
Color High-10–+10
Speaker Numx1, x2, x4, x8
CabinetOpen, Close

Speaker Size

Selects the size of speaker.

Color Low

Adjusts the speaker section's low-frequency tone.

Color High

Adjusts the speaker section's high-frequency tone.

Speaker Num (Speaker Number)

Sets the number of speakers.

Cabinet

Selects the speaker cabinet type.

Open:

This is an open-backed cabinet.

Close:

This type of cabinet features an enclosed rear panel.

Customizing Overdrive and Distortion

You can make three different sets of settings, Custom 1, Custom 2, and Custom 3.

  • The sound of any patch that uses Custom 1, 2, or 3 will be altered if the custom settings are edited.

  • Press the OD/DS On/Off switch to display the OD/DS effect screen.

  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to call up the Type parameter.
  • Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to call up "Custom 1," "Custom 2," or "Custom 3."

Ourdrive/Dst On Type Custom 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to show the custom parameters.
  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's value.
  2. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as needed.
  3. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
ParameterValue
TypeOD-1, OD-2, CRUNCH, DS-1, DS-2, METAL-1, METAL-2, FUZZ
Bottom-50—+50
Top-50—+50
Low-50—+50
High-50—+50

Type

Selects the basic type of overdrive/distortion.

OD-1This is the sound of the BOSS OD-1.
OD-2This is the sound of the BOSS OD-2.
CRUNCHThis is a crunch sound of the BOSS BD-2.
DS-1This gives a basic, traditional distortion sound.
DS-2This creates a heavier distortion sound.
METAL-1This is the sound of the BOSS MT-2.
METAL-2This gives a heavy metal sound.
FUZZThis models a FUZZFACE.

Bottom

Adjusts the amount of distortion in the low frequencies.

Top

Adjusts the amount of distortion in the high frequencies.

Low

Adjusts low-frequency tone.

High

Adjusts the high-frequency tone.

Customizing Pedal Wah

You can make three different sets of settings, Custom 1, Custom 2, and Custom 3.

  • The sound of any patch that uses Custom 1, 2, or 3 will be altered if the custom settings are edited.

  • Press the FX-1 On/Off switch to display the FX-1 effect screen.

  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to call up the "FX Select" parameter, then select "PW" with the PATCH/ VALUE dial.
  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to call up the "Type" parameter.
  • Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to call up "Custom 1," "Custom 2," or "Custom 3."

Pedal Wah On Type Custom 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to show the custom parameters.

EDIT CUSTOM wAH1 Type CRY wAH

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's value.
  2. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as needed.
  3. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
Parametervalue
TypeCRY WAH, VO WAH, Fat WAH, Light WAH, 7String WAH
Q-50—+50
Range Low-50—+50
Range High-50—+50
Presence-50—+50

Type

Selects the basic type of wah.

CRY WAHThis models the sound of the CRY BABY wah pedal popular in the `70s.
VO WAHThis models the sound of the VOX V846.
Fat WAHThis a wah sound featuring a bold tone.
Light WAHThis wah has a refined smooth sound.
7String WAHWah featuring a broader range of variations for the seven-string guitar.

Q

Adjusts the amount of characteristic effect applied to the wah tone.

Range Low

Selects the tone produced when the pedal is back.

Range High

Selects the tone produced when the pedal is forward.

Presence

Adjusts the tonal quality of the wah effect.

Chapter 6 Setting the External Pedal Functions

This section describes the settings required to use an expression pedal or foot switch connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL1,2 jack on the rear panel.

If you want the external pedal to have the same function at all times

In situations such as when you want to use the expression pedal only as a volume pedal, you can set the external pedal function as a global setting common to the GS-10 overall.

ROLAND GS-10 - If you want the external pedal to have the same function at all times - 1

"Expression Pedal Function" (refer to right)

"Control 1, 2 Function" (p. 59)

If you want the external pedal function to change with the patch

If you want the external pedal to function differently depending on the patch, perhaps using the expression pedal to change the volume in one patch, but using it to adjust the amount of overdrive distortion in another patch, then use the "Assign" settings.

In each patch you can set up to eight different types (Assign numbers) determining which parameter is to be controlled by a particular controller.

In addition, you can use the "Assign" function to set controllers using Control Change messages from external MIDI devices.

ROLAND GS-10 - If you want the external pedal function to change with the patch - 1

"Assign" (p. 60)

When using an expression pedal or foot switch with the "Assign" settings, set the Expression pedal Function or Control 1 or 2 Function setting to "Assign 1-8."

Setting the External Expression Pedal Functions (Expression Pedal Function)

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the External Expression Pedal Functions (Expression Pedal Function) - 1

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "EXP PDL Func" is displayed.

SYS:EXP PDL Func Auto

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the expression pedal function.

Auto:

Normally used as a "foot volume" pedal. When Pedal Wah (p. 36) or Pedal Bend (p. 45) is switched on, the expression pedal automatically switches to the "pedal wah" or "pedal bend" function.

When Pedal Wah and Pedal Bend are switched off, the pedal automatically operates as a "foot volume" pedal.

Assign 1-8:

Used as the controller set in the Assign (p. 60) for each patch.

Foot Volume:

Used as a "foot volume" pedal.

Patch Level:

Used as a patch level controller.

Pedal Wah:

Used as a "pedal wah" when Pedal Wah is on.

Pedal Bend:

Used as a "pedal bend" when Pedal Bend is on.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Setting the External Foot Switch Functions (Control 1, 2 Function)

  • When connecting two foot switches using the special optional Roland PCS-31 connector cord, the foot switch connected with the white-banded plug functions according to the Control 1 function settings, and the foot switch connected with the red-banded plug functions according to the Control 2 function settings.
  • When you have only one foot switch connected, the Control 1 function settings are used.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the External Foot Switch Functions (Control 1, 2 Function) - 1

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "CTL 1 Func" or "CTL 2 Func" is displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the External Foot Switch Functions (Control 1, 2 Function) - 2

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the foot switch function.

Assign 1-8:

The controller set in each patch's Assign (p. 60) is used.

Tuner On/Off:

The foot switch is used as a tuner On/Off switch.

Use a momentary-type foot switch (such as the optional FS-5U).

Remote Strt/Stop:

Used as a foot switch for use in starting and stopping a computer or a recorder, sequencer, or other MIDI-connected device.

For more on the settings for the device being run, refer to "Controlling Recorders and Sequencers Remotely from the GS-10 (Remote Control)" (p. 75).

Direct Patch Up:

The direct patch (p. 18) number increases by 1 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Direct Patch Down:

The direct patch (p. 18) number decreases by 1 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Up:

The patch (p. 18) number increases by 1 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Down:

The patch (p. 18) number decreases by 1 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Level Inc1:

The patch level (p. 54) value increases by 10 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Level Inc2:

The patch level (p. 54) value increases by 20 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Level Dec1:

The patch level (p. 54) value decreases by 10 each time the foot switch is pressed.

Patch Level Dec2:

The patch level (p. 54) value decreases by 20 each time the foot switch is pressed.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Setting the External Pedal Function for Individual Patches (Assign)

There are two ways to set the assignments, "Quick Settings," which allows you to use [QUICK FX] to complete the settings quickly and easily, and "Manual Settings," where each parameter is set one at a time.

Quick Settings

When you use [QUICK FX] to select prepared settings (Preset settings), the relevant parameters are then instantly set to their optimal values. This lets you finish making the settings simply, instead of setting each individual parameter separately.

ROLAND GS-10 - Quick Settings - 1

  1. Press [ASSIGN].
  2. Press PARAMETER [][] to select one of the Assigns from Assign 1-8.
  3. Press [ASSIGN] to set the selected Assign to "On."

Each time [ASSIGN] is pressed it alternately switches this on and off. "ASSIGN" flashes in the display when the Assign is switched off.

  • Always set any Assign to "Off" when it is not being used.
  • Press [QUICK FX].

The Preset settings selection screen appears in the display.

Quick PSSIGN1
P01:PEDAL WAH

  • The following appears when the Quick Settings are changed through editing of parameters immediately after the patches are changed.

Quick ASSIGN1 ----User Setting

  1. Turn the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the Preset settings.
  2. To use the Quick Settings with other Assigns, repeat Steps 2-5.

Even when using this procedure, the settings selected in Step 5 are maintained as is and carried over to the Quick Settings for the next effect.

  1. To save the settings, use the Write procedure (p. 25). Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Preset Settings

P01PEDAL WAHThe expression pedal functions as a wah pedal.
P02PEDAL BENDThe expression pedal is used for pedal bend.
P03FOOT VOLUMEThe expression pedal functions as a volume pedal.
P04COMP ON/OFFThe compressor is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P05OD/DS ON/OFFThe overdrive/distortion is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P06DELAY ON/OFFThe delay is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P07CHRUS ON/OFFThe chorus is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P08FX-1 ON/OFFFX-1 is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P09FX-2 ON/OFFFX-2 is switched on and off with the foot switch.
P10DLY TIME TAPThe foot switch is used for tap in-put of the delay time.
P11MSTR BPM TAPThe foot switch is used for tap in-put of the Master BPM.
P12CH SEL INCThe foot switch is used for switch-ing the preamp/speaker channel select (A→B→C→A→...).
  • The foot switch function is enabled for the foot switch connected to CTL 1.

Manual Settings

Here, you can individually determine which controller is to control which parameter.

ROLAND GS-10 - Manual Settings - 1

  1. Press [ASSIGN].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to select one of the Assigns from Assign 1-8.
  3. Press [ASSIGN] to set the selected Assign to "On." Each time [ASSIGN] is pressed it alternately switches this on and off. "ASSIGN" flashes in the display when the Assign is switched on.

  4. Always set any Assign that is not going to be used to "Off."

  5. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to display the following screens.

Target

55

E

H

1

T.

Target value range: Min

A

55

IE

1

T:

P

t

Target value range: Max

A

5

IE

T:

get

108

Source

55

E

H

1

5

VRCSE

EXP PEDAL

Source Mode

A

55

IE

1

51

U

ve Range Low

A

55

E

+4

L

1

Urc

e Range High

A

55

E

+4

1

5

Urc

the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's

  1. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 as needed.

  2. To use other Assigns, repeat Steps 2-6.

Even when using this procedure, the settings selected in Step 6 are maintained as is and carried over to the Quick Settings for the next effect.

  1. To save the settings, use the Write procedure (p. 25).

Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Target

ASSIGN 1 Target

FJ : Level

This sets the parameter to be affected. The parameters that you can select as the target are shown below.

Effect On/Off

Effect's Parameters

Switches on/off the effect indicated in the screen and controls the effect's parameters.

MST: Patch Level

Controls the patch volume.

MST: Master BPM

Controls the Master BPM.

TUNER On/Off

Turns the tuner on and off.

Master BPM(Tap)

Controls the Master BPM using tap input.

Delay Time(Tap)

Controls the delay time using tap input.

Remote Strt/Stop

Starts and stops the recorder, sequencer, or other such device connected to the GS-10.

Patch Level Inc1

Increases the patch volume level in increments of 10 units.

Patch Level Inc2

Increases the patch volume level in increments of 20 units.

Patch Level Dec1

Decreases the patch volume level in increments of 10 units.

Patch Level Dec2

Decreases the patch volume level in increments of 20 units.

CH Select Inc

Switches the preamp channel in the following order: A B

CH Select Dec

Switches the preamp channel in the following order: C B A C

  • Although you can set this so that the same target is controlled by more than one controller, in such cases, make sure not to have different sources changing the parameter at the same time. Changing the parameter simultaneously using different sources may result in noise being generated.

Target Range

PASSIGN 1Target
Min:0
PASSIGN 1Target
Max:100

The value of the parameter selected as the target changes within the range defined by "Min" and "Max," as set on the GS-10.

When using an external foot switch, or other controller that acts as an on/off switch, "Min" is selected with Off (CLOSED), and "Max" is selected with On (OPEN).

When using an external expression pedal or other controller that generates a consecutive change in the value, the value of the setting changes accordingly, within the range set by the minimum and maximum values.

Also, when the target is of an on/off type, the median value of the received data is used as the dividing line in determining whether to switch it on or off.

When using the foot switch:

ROLAND GS-10 - When using the foot switch: - 1
Foot Switch

When using the expression pedal:

ROLAND GS-10 - When using the expression pedal: - 1
Expression Pedal

When controlling the On/Off target with the expression pedal:

ROLAND GS-10 - When controlling the On/Off target with the expression pedal: - 1
Expression Pedal

  • The range that can be selected changes according to the target setting.
  • When the "minimum" is set to a higher value than the "maximum," the change in the parameter is reversed.
  • The values of settings can change if the target is changed after the "minimum" and "maximum" settings have been made. If you've changed the target, be sure to recheck the "minimum" and "maximum" settings.

Source

ASSIGN 1 Source EXP PEDAL

This sets the controller (source) that affects the target parameter.

Controllers that can be selected as the source are shown below.

EXP PEDAL

Expression pedal connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack.

CTL1,CTL2

Foot switch connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1, 2 jack.

MIDI CC# 1-31, 64-95

Control Change messages from an external MIDI device (1-31, 64-95)

Source Mode

ASSIGN 1 Mode:

Source Normal

This determines whether the control pedal will function as a momentary type switch (such as the optional FS-5U).

Normal

The normal state is Off (minimum value), with the switch On (maximum value) only while the foot switch is depressed.

Toggle

The setting is toggled On (maximum value) or Off (minimum value) with each press of the foot switch.

  • Set this to "Normal" when a latch-type foot switch (such as the optional FS-5L) is connected, or when selecting something other than a foot switch as the controller.

Active Range

ASSIGN 1 Source Act. Range Lo:0

ASSIGN 1 Source Act. Range Hi:127

This sets the operational range within which the value of the setting changes when an expression pedal or other controller that changes the value consecutively is used as the source. If the controller is moved outside the operational range, the value does not change, it stops at "minimum" or "maximum."

(Example)

With Act. Range Lo: 40, Act. Range Hi: 80

ROLAND GS-10 - (Example) - 1

ROLAND GS-10 - (Example) - 2

  • When using a foot switch or other on/off switching controller as the source, leave these at "Lo: 0" and "Hi: 127." With certain settings, the value may not change.

Chapter 7 Convenient Functions and System Settings

Tuning the Guitar

When the Tuner is turned on, sounds input to the GS-10 are output directly as is (bypassed), and the tuner is activated. Under these conditions you can then tune your guitar.

Turning the Tuner Function On

ROLAND GS-10 - Turning the Tuner Function On - 1

Each time [TUNER] is pressed, the Tuner is switched on or off.

The [TUNER] button's indicator lights when the function is on.

About the Display During Tuning

With the GS-10's internal tuner, the note name is indicated in the upper row of the display and the Tuning Guide is shown in the lower row, indicating the difference between the input sound and the sound in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - About the Display During Tuning - 1

When the difference from the correct pitch falls within 50 cents, the Tuning Guide then indicates the size of that difference. As you watch the Tuning Guide, tune the guitar so that the "■" appears in the center.

ROLAND GS-10 - About the Display During Tuning - 2

How to Tune

  1. Play a single open note on the string being tuned. The name of the note closest to the pitch of the string that was played appears in the display.
  2. Only play a single note on the one string being tuned.
  3. Tune the string until the string name appears in the display.
7th6th5th4th3rd2nd1st
RegularBEADGBE
1/2 Step DownA#D#G#C#F#A#D#
1 Step DownADGCFAD
  1. As you watch the Tuning Guide, adjust the guitar's tuning until "■" appears in the center.
  2. Repeat Steps 1-3 until all of the strings are tuned.

  3. When tuning guitars equipped with a tremolo bar, when one string is tuned, the others may end up being out of tune. In this case, tune to the pitch indicated by the initial note name, then tune the other strings again, repeatedly fine-tuning each string.

Changing the Tuner Settings

You can change the following tuner-related settings.

Changing the Reference Pitch (435-445 Hz)

ROLAND GS-10 - Changing the Reference Pitch (435-445 Hz) - 1

The frequency of A4 (the middle A on a piano keyboard) played by an instrument (such as a piano) that provides the pitch to which the other instruments refer in tuning before a performance begins is called the reference pitch. You can set the reference pitch on the GS-10 from 435 to 445Hz .

  • This is set to 440Hz when shipped from the factory.

Setting the Output Used During Tuning

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the Output Used During Tuning - 1

This selects the output while Tuner is on.

Mute:

Sounds are muted, and no sound is output.

Bypass:

Sounds input to the GS-10 bypass the processing and are output directly as is.

  • This is set to "Bypass" when shipped from the factory.

ROLAND GS-10 - Bypass: - 1

  1. Press [TUNER], causing the indicator to light.
  2. Press PARAMETER [][] until you have either "Tuner Pitch" or "Tuner Output" displayed.
  3. Rotate the VALUE dial to change the settings.
  4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to change each parameter's settings.
  5. Press [TUNER] or [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

ROLAND GS-10 - Bypass: - 2

Switching Tuner On and Off with the External Pedal

You can use an external pedal (such as the FS-5U) connected to the EXP PEDAL CTL 1,2 jack to switch the tuner on and off.

Use the Assign (p. 60) settings to set the following to one of the Assigns in ASSIGN 1-8.

Target: TUNER On/Off

Target Min: On

Target Max: Off

Source: CTL1 (or CTL2)

Mode: Toggle

Act. Range Lo: 0

Act. Range Hi: 1-127

Adjusting the Display Contrast (LCD Contrast)

Depending on where the GS-10 is placed, the display may become difficult to read. If this occurs, adjust the display contrast.

  1. Press [SYSTEM] a number of times until "LCD Contrast" is displayed.
  2. You can also select this by pressing [SYSTEM], and then pressing PARAMETER [▶] [▶].

SYS:LCD Contrast 16

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to adjust the contrast. Valid Settings: 1-16
  2. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Limiting the Patches That Can Be Switched (Patch Extent)

By setting an upper limit to the patches, thus limiting the range of patches that can be switched, you can set the GS-10 so that only the patches you need can be selected.

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Patch Extent" is displayed.

SVS:Patch Extent P200

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the upper limit for the patches.
    Valid Settings: U001-U100, P101-P200
  2. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Keeping the Same Pedal Operations When Switching Patches (Assign Hold)

This setting determines whether or not the Assign's (p. 60) operational status is carried over to the next patch when patches are switched.

  • Assign Hold does not function if the Assign Source mode is set to Toggle (whereby the value is toggled between Min and Max each time the pedal is pressed).

  • Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ]

[ ] so that "Assign Hold" is displayed.

SYS: Assign Hold On

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set Expression Pedal Hold.

On: The Assign status is carried over.

(Example)

If a patch is switched while the volume is being controlled with the expression pedal, the volume of the subsequent patch will take on the value determined by the current pedal position (angle).

If the patch switched to has the expression pedal controlling the wah effect, then the volume assumes the value set in the patch, and the patch's wah effect is given the value derived from the current pedal position (angle).

Off: The Assign status is not carried over.

(Example)

If a patch is switched while the volume is being controlled with an expression pedal, the volume of the subsequent patch is set to the value set in that patch.

If the expression pedal is operated, and that information is transmitted to the GS-10, the volume will change in accord with the pedal's movement.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Setting the Knob Functions (Knob Mode)

This sets the way the values of settings are changed when the control knobs are turned.

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Knob Mode" is displayed.

SVS:Knob Mode Immediate

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the Knob mode.

Immediate:

Turning the knobs immediately changes the values.

Current Setting:

Values begin to change only once the knob position reaches the values set in the patch.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Checking the Effect Output Level with the Level Meter

You can meter the output level of each effect. This is handy for checking the effects' output levels.

ROLAND GS-10 - Checking the Effect Output Level with the Level Meter - 1

  1. Press [METER].

METER:Input

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the effect whose level you want to check.

  2. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

  3. Effects are shown in lowercase letters when turned off.

  4. You can check the level of signals being input to the INPUT jack by selecting "Input." Selecting "Output" allows you to check the level of signals output from the GS-10.
  5. You may not be able to achieve the effects you envision if your output levels are set too high. Adjust the output level of each of your effects to the optimum value while checking the meter and making sure the needle doesn't swing too far to the right.

Chapter 8 Using the GS-10 with External MIDI Devices Connected

The GS-10's MIDI operations are altered when the GS-10 and the computer are connected via USB. Also refer to "Chapter 9 Using USB to Connect a Computer" (p. 78) when making these connections.

Operations Using MIDI

You can perform the following operations using MIDI with the GS-10.

  • The use of MIDI requires that the MIDI channels of the connected devices match. If the MIDI channel settings are not correct, the GS-10 will be unable to exchange data with other MIDI devices.

Operating From the GS-10

Outputting Program Change Messages

When a patch is selected on the GS-10, a Program Change message corresponding to the patch number is transmitted simultaneously. The external MIDI device then switches its settings according to the Program Change message it receives.

ROLAND GS-10 - Outputting Program Change Messages - 1

Outputting Control Change Messages

Data describing the actions of the external devices connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack are output as Control Change messages. Such messages can be used to (among other things) manipulate the parameters of an external MIDI device.

Transmitting Data

You can use Exclusive messages to transmit the settings for effect sounds and other content stored in the GS-10 to other MIDI devices. For example, you can provide another GS-10 with the same settings, and save effect sound settings to a sequencer or other device.

Remotely Controlling the GS-10 Using an External MIDI Device

Switching Patch Numbers

When the GS-10 receive Program Change messages from the external MIDI device, its patches are simultaneously switched.

MEMO

You can set up the correspondence between MIDI Program Change messages and the GS-10's patches using the Program Change Map (p. 73). You may need to work on these correspondences when you want to line up some effects in combination with other MIDI devices.

The connections shown in the figure below are for a sequencer automatically performing the backing as a guitar is being played. The patches are switched automatically when the program numbers corresponding to the patches are input along with the performance data at the points where you have determined the GS-10 patches are to be switched.

ROLAND GS-10 - MEMO - 1

Receiving Control Change Messages

You can control specified parameters during a performance by having the GS-10 receive Control Change messages.

MEMO

Parameters to be controlled are set with Assign (p. 60).

Receiving Data

The GS-10 can receive data transmitted from another GS-10, as well as data that's been stored on a sequencer.

Making the Settings for MIDI Functions

Here is a description of the GS-10's MIDI functions. Set them as needed, depending on the intended use.

  1. Press [SYSTEM] a number of times until the following screen appears.

MIDI:RX Channel1 Channel = 1

  1. Press PARAMETER [] [▶] so that the parameter that you want to set appears in the display.
  2. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to change the setting's value.
  3. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 as needed.
  4. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

RX Channel (Receive Channel)

Valid Settings: 1-16

MIDI:RX Channel1 Channel = 1

This sets the MIDI channel used for receiving MIDI messages.

  • This is set to "1" when shipped from the factory.

Omni Mode

Valid Settings: Omni Off, Omni On

MIDI:Omni Mode Omni On 

When set to "Omni On," messages are received on all channels, regardless of the MIDI channel settings.

  • Even when Omni Mode is set to ON, the only Exclusive messages received are for Device ID data set with "Device ID."
  • This is set to "Omni On" when shipped from the factory.

TX Channel (Transmit Channel)

Valid Settings: 1-16, Rx

MIDI: TX Channel
Channel = Rx 

This sets the MIDI Transmit channel used for transmitting MIDI messages. When set to "Rx," this MIDI channel is same as the MIDI Receive channel.

  • This is set to "Rx" when shipped from the factory.

Device ID

Valid Settings: 1-32

MIDI:Device ID ID =17 

This sets the Device ID used for transmitting and receiving Exclusive messages.

  • This is set to "17" when shipped from the factory.

Sync Clock

Valid Settings: Auto, Internal

MIDI:Sync Clock Auto 

You can synchronize the performance of a sequencer or other external MIDI device.

Auto:

When the MIDI Clock of the external MIDI device is not being received, the performance is synchronized to the tempo set in MASTER BPM; when the external MIDI device's MIDI Clock is being received, the performance is synchronized to that.

Internal:

The performance is synchronized to the tempo set in Master BPM.

  • This is set to "Auto" when shipped from the factory.
  • When you have an external MIDI device connected, the Master BPM is then synchronized to the external MIDI device's tempo, thus disabling the Master BPM setting. To enable setting of the Master BPM, set to "Internal."
  • When synchronizing performances to the MIDI Clock signal from an external MIDI device, timing problems in the performance may occur due to errors in the MIDI Clock.

Remote Ctrl (Remote Control)

Valid Settings: Standard, Advanced, MMC

This setting determines the MIDI messages transmitted when a MIDI sequencer or other external MIDI device is controlled with a foot switch or other controller connected to the GS-10.

System Realtime messages are transmitted.

Advanced:

System Realtime messages and Note messages are transmitted.

MMC:

MIDI Machine Control is transmitted.

  • For more details, refer to "Controlling Recorders and Sequencers Remotely from the GS-10 (Remote Control)" (p. 75).
  • This is set to "Advanced" when shipped from the factory.

KnobCtrl Out (Knob Control Out)

Valid Settings: Off, On

MIDI:KnobCtrl1Out On

This setting determines whether or not the information describing the knob adjustments is output as System Exclusive messages.

Off:

Knob operations are not output as System Exclusive messages.

On:

Knob operations are output as System Exclusive messages.

  • This is set to "On" when shipped from the factory.

PC Out (Program Change Out)

Valid Settings: Off, On

MIDI:PC Out On

This setting determines whether or not Program Change messages are output when patches are switched on the GS-10.

Off:

Program Change messages are not output, even when patches are switched.

On:

Program Change messages are simultaneously output when patches are switched.

  • This is set to "On" when shipped from the factory.

EXP PDL Out (Expression Pedal Out)

Valid Settings: Off, 1-31, 33-95

MIDI:EXP PDL Out CC#7

This sets the controller number when expression pedal operation data is output as Control Change messages. When set to "Off," "Control Change messages are not output.

  • This is set to "CC# 7" when shipped from the factory.

CTL1 Out (Control 1 Out)

Valid Settings: Off, 1-31, 33-95

MIDI:CTL1 Out Off

This sets the controller number when operation data from the external pedal connected to the CTL 1 jack is output as Control Change messages. When set to "Off," "Control Change messages are not output.

  • This is set to "Off" when shipped from the factory.

CTL2 Out (Control 2 Out)

Valid Settings: Off, 1-31, 33-95

MIDI:CTL2 Out Off

This sets the controller number when operation data from the external pedal connected to the CTL 2 jack is output as Control Change messages. When set to "Off," "Control Change messages are not output.

  • This is set to "Off" when shipped from the factory.

Transmitting and Receiving Settings Data

On the GS-10, you can use Exclusive messages to provide another GS-10 with identical settings, and save effect settings on a sequencer or other device.

Transmitting data this way is called "Bulk Dump," while receiving such data is referred to as "Bulk Load."

Transmitting Data to an External MIDI Device (Bulk Dump)

The following types of data can be transmitted. You can transmit data by specifying the range from the start to the end of transmission.

DisplayedData Transmitted
SystemSystem Parameters, Harmonist scales, Auto Riff phrases, and Preamp, Over-drive/Distortion, and Wah Custom Edit parameter settings
U001-U100Settings for Patch Number U001 through U100
TempSettings for the patch the is currently called up

Making the Connections

When Saving to a MIDI Sequencer

Connect as shown in the figure below, and put the sequencer in the state where it is ready to receive Exclusive messages.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Saving to a MIDI Sequencer - 1
* For instructions on operating the sequencer, refer to the owner's manual for the sequencer you are using.

When Transmitting Data to Another GS-10

Connect as shown in the figure below, and match the Device ID for the transmitting and receiving devices.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Transmitting Data to Another GS-10 - 1

Transmitting
ROLAND GS-10 - When Transmitting Data to Another GS-10 - 2
1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "MIDI:Bulk Dump" is displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Transmitting Data to Another GS-10 - 3
2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor, and rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the start and end of the data to be transmitted.
3. When the data to be sent has been determined, press [WRITE].

The data is transmitted.

MIDI: Bulk Dmp Data Dmping...

When the transmission is completed, the screen prior to transmission returns to the display.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Receiving Data from an External MIDI Device (Bulk Load)

Making the Connections

When Receiving Data Saved on a MIDI Sequencer

Connect as shown below. Set the GS-10's Device ID to the same number that was used when the data was transmitted to the MIDI sequencer.

ROLAND GS-10 - When Receiving Data Saved on a MIDI Sequencer - 1
* For instructions on operating the sequencer, refer to the owner's manual for the sequencer you are using.

Receiving

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [▶] [▶] so that "MIDI:Bulk Load" is displayed.

MIDI:Bulk Load Waiting...

  1. Transmit the data from the external MIDI device.

The following appears in the display when the GS-10 receives the data.

MIDI: Bulk Load Receiving...

The following appears in the display when the GS-10 finishes receiving the data.

MIDI: Bulk Load Idling...

At this stage, even more data can be received.

3. Press [EXIT] to quit Bulk Load.

After you press [EXIT], the Play screen returns to the display.

Setting the Program Change Map

When switching patches using Program Change messages transmitted by an external MIDI device, you can freely set the correspondence between Program Change messages received by the GS-10 and the patches to be switched to in the "Program Change Map."

Initial Program Change Map Settings

The Program Change Map set at the factory is shown below.

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [] [▶] so that "MIDI:Map Select" is displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - Initial Program Change Map Settings - 1

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "Program."

  2. You cannot set the Program Change Map when "Fix" is selected (it is not displayed).

  3. See below for more on "MID Map Select."

  4. Press PARAMETER [▶] until "MIDI:Program Map" appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Initial Program Change Map Settings - 2

  1. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor, and rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the received Program number and the corresponding patch number.

  2. Use this same procedure to select Bank Select Numbers.

  3. When using only Program Change messages to make program changes, without using Bank Select messages, set the Program number (1-128) when the Bank Select number is "0."

  4. Repeat Step 4 as needed, setting patch numbers to their corresponding Program numbers, until the Program Change Map is completed.

  5. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Enabling/Disabling the Program Change Map Settings (MIDI Map Select)

This setting determines whether patches are switched according to the Program Change Map settings, or to the default settings.

  1. Press [SYSTEM], then press PARAMETER [ ]

[ ] so that "MIDI:Map Select" is displayed.

MIDI:Map Select Fix

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "Fix" or "Prog."

Fix:

Switches to the patches according to the default settings. For more on the default settings, refer to "Initial Program Change Map settings" (p. 73).

Prog:

Switches to the patches according to the Program Change Map.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Changing Patch Numbers on an External MIDI Device From the GS-10

When patches are switched with the GS-10, a Program Change message is transmitted. The correspondence between the GS-10's initial bank and patch numbers and the transmitted Program Change messages is shown in the table below.

Controlling Recorders and Sequencers Remotely from the GS-10 (Remote Control)

If you have a MIDI-controllable recorder, sequencer, or other such external MIDI device connected to the GS-10, you can connect a foot switch to the EXP PEDAL CTL 1,2 jack and use it for remote control of the external MIDI device.

Setting the Messages Used for Controlling Devices

The GS-10 features three kinds of messages (MIDI messages) that are used for controlling external MIDI devices, and you can select messages in accordance with the connected device.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting the Messages Used for Controlling Devices - 1

  1. Press [SYSTEM] a number of times, then press PARAMETER [] [▶] so that "MIDI:Remote Ctrl" is displayed.
  1. Use the PATCH/VALUE dial to select the message according to the connected external MIDI device.

When set to Standard

MIDI System messages are transmitted.

STOPFC
STARTFA

When set to Advanced

Some computer applications allow recording and playback functions such as Start and Stop to be assigned to specified MIDI messages.

When this setting is selected, Note messages used in sending commands for remote control to the application and Note messages for assigning various functions are transmitted together with the Standard messages.

Use the software to set the operations to be performed by means of these Note messages.

  • Settings examples are given on p. 76 and p. 77. Please refer to these examples.
STOP90 00 00 90 02 01 90 02 00 90 00 00 FC
START90 00 00 90 04 01 90 04 00 90 00 00 FA

About Note Messages

When START is activated, the following messages are output.

ROLAND GS-10 - About Note Messages - 1

Messages are similarly output for Reset/Stop/Play/Rec. The following shows the correspondence between the functions and the Note messages used in assigning them.

Note#Note Name (Key)
Reset05F -1
Stop02D -1
Play04E -1
Rec07G -1
  • The note name (Key) may differ depending on the application used and the settings; you may wish to refer to the relevant manual for details.

  • Note messages are transmitted over the selected transmission channel (p. 69).

When set to MMC

MIDI Machine Control is transmitted.

STOPF0 7F 7F 06 01 F7
STARTF0 7F 7F 06 02 F7
  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Controlling the Device Remotely

Making the Connections

Make the connections as shown below.

ROLAND GS-10 - Making the Connections - 1
* For more on the operation of the connected device, refer to the owner's manual for the device you are using.

Setting

  1. Follow the instructions in "Setting the Messages Used for Controlling Devices" (p. 75) to set the messages that are to be used for remote control.
  2. Press [SYSTEM] a number of times, then press PARAMETER [][] so that "SYS:CTL1 Func" (or "SYS:CTL2 Func") is displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting - 1

  • If connecting only one foot switch, set the GS-10 so that "SYS:CTL1 Func" is indicated; if connecting two foot switches, set the GS-10 so that "SYS:CTL1 Func" or "SYS:CTL2 Func" is indicated for the corresponding foot switch.
  • Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to select "Remote Strt/ Stop."
  • For more on "SYS:CTL1 Func" (or "SYS:CTL2 Func"), refer to p. 59.
  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Each time the foot switch is pressed, it alternately sends Start and Stop.

With the GS-10, you can control external MIDI devices by combining [EXIT] and DIRECT PATCH [1]-[4].

ROLAND GS-10 - Setting - 2

The Reset, Stop, Play, and Rec functions are assigned to DIRECT PATCH [1]–[4]. When you press these buttons while holding down [EXIT], the messages corresponding to the MIDI: Remote Ctrl setting are transmitted.

When MIDI: Remote Ctrl is set to Standard

MIDI System messages are transmitted.

ResetNo function
StopFC
PlayFA
RecNo function
  • Neither FA nor FC can be transmitted consecutively.

When MIDl: Remote Ctrl is set to Advanced

Some computer applications allow recording and playback functions such as Start and Stop to be assigned to specified MIDI messages.

When set to this setting, Note messages used in assigning functions are transmitted in addition to the Standard messages.

Use the software to set the operations to be performed by means of these Note messages.

Reset90 00 01 90 05 01 90 05 00 90 00 00
Stop90 00 01 90 02 01 90 02 00 90 00 00 FC
Play90 00 01 90 04 01 90 04 00 90 00 00 FA
Rec90 00 01 90 07 01 90 07 00 90 00 00
  • Neither FA nor FC can be transmitted consecutively.
  • Note messages are transmitted over the selected transmission channel (p. 69).

When set to MMC

MIDI Machine Control is transmitted.

ResetF0 7F 7F 06 44 06 01 00 00 00 00 00 F7
StopF0 7F 7F 06 01 F7
PlayF0 7F 7F 06 02 F7
RecF0 7F 7F 06 06 F7

Settings Example: When Using SONAR 2.0

The following settings allow you to control the sequencer Play/Stop, Reset, and Record functions from the GS-10. (With SONAR 2.0, these are set according to note names (Keys) rather than Note messages.)

  1. From the Options menu, choose "MIDI Devices."
  2. In the "MIDI Devices" dialog box, select [BOSS GS-10 Control] as both the Inputs and Outputs.
  3. From the Options menu, choose "Key Bindings."
  4. Make the following settings in the "Key Bindings" dialog box.

[Type of Keys]

Check "MIDI" and "Enable"

[MIDI 'Shift' Options]

Check "Key", and input "C-1"

  1. In the [Boundings] area, set [Key] to [D -1].
  2. In the [Function] area, select [Transport | Stop].
  3. Click the [Bind] button.

The [Key] [D -1] will be connected to the [Function] area [Transport | Stop].

  1. In the [Boundings] area, set [Key] to [E-1].
  2. In the [Function] area, select [Transport | Play].

  3. Click the [Bind] button.

The [Key] [E-1] will be connected to the [Function] area [Transport | Play].

  1. In the [Boundings] area, set [Key] to [F-1].
  2. In the [Function] area, select [Transport | Reset].
  3. Click the [Bind] button.

The [Key] [F-1] will be connected to the [Function] area [Transport | Reset].

  1. In the [Findings] area, set [Key] to [G-1].
  2. In the [Function] area, select [Transport | Record].
  3. Click the [Bind] button.

The [Key] [G -1] will be connected to the [Function] area [Transport | Record].

Repeat Steps 5-16 so that the following settings are created.

Note #KeyFunction
Reset05F-1Transport | Reset
Stop02D-1Transport | Stop
Play04E-1Transport | Play
Rec07G-1Transport | Record
  1. Click the [OK] button to finish making settings. The "Key Bindings" dialog box will close, and the settings will be completed.

Chapter 9 Using the GS-10 Connected to a Computer Via USB

Before Connecting with USB

With the GS-10, you can use USB to transmit both digital audio signals and MIDI messages between the GS-10 and your computer.

This requires installation of a USB driver on your computer so that it can work with the GS-10's driver mode settings.

For instructions on installing the driver, please read "Installing & Setup the USB Driver" (p. 125).

ROLAND GS-10 - Before Connecting with USB - 1

Driver Mode

The GS-10 features two operational modes, one mode that uses the special driver on the CD-ROM included with the GS-10 and another mode that uses the operating system's (Windows/Mac OS) standard drivers.

The special driver provides high-quality sound and stable timing for audio recording, playback, and editing.

In addition, the driver enables you to control the GS-10 with MIDI messages and connect external MIDI devices to your computer.

Adjusting the Recording Level (Output Level)

This adjusts the volume level of the digital audio output to the USB and DIGITAL OUT connectors.

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Out Level" is displayed.

USB/DIG:Out. Level 68

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the output level.
  2. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Adjusting the Playback Volume Level (Input Level)

This adjusts the volume level of the digital audio input from the USB connector.

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Input Level" is displayed.

USB: Input Level 100

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the input level.
  2. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Enabling and Disabling the Direct Monitor Command

This setting determines whether or not the command (the Direct Monitor command) controlling the Direct Monitor (described later) setting is enabled.

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] "Monitor Cmd" is displayed.fig.

USB:Monitor Cnd Disable

  1. Use the PATCH/VALUE dial to enable or disable the command.

Disable:

The Direct Monitor command is disabled, maintaining the Direct Monitor mode set by the GS-10.

Enable:

The Direct Monitor command is enabled, allowing the Direct Monitor mode to be switched from an external device.

  • This is set to "Disable" when shipped from the factory.

  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Switching the Output Signals (Direct Monitor)

This setting determines whether or not the effect sound is output by the GS-10's speakers or at the PHONES, OUTPUT L/R, or GUITAR AMP OUT jacks.

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Dir Monitor" is displayed.

USB:Dir Monitor On

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set On or Off.

On:

The effect sound is output. Set this to On when using the GS-10 as a standalone device, without connecting to a computer (no sound will be output if this is set to Off).

Off:

Set this to Off if transmitting audio data internally through a computer (Thru).

  • This is set to "On" when shipped from the factory.
  • If you are using the special driver, you can control Direct Monitor On/Off from ASIO 2.0-compatible application such as Cubase.

  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Setting the Output Mode

This selects whether the output is in stereo or if the effect sound and direct sound are output separately.

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] so that "Output Mode" is displayed.

USB:Output Mode Stereo(L/R)

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the output mode.

Stereo (L/R):

Sounds are output in stereo.

Effect/Direct:

The effect sound and direct sound are output separately and independently.

  • This is set to "Stereo (L/R)" when shipped from the factory.
  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

Switching the Driver Mode

After first installing both the special and standard drivers and then switching the GS-10's driver mode, you can switch between the special driver and the standard driver to use the one you need.

For more on installing the drivers, refer to "Installing & Setup the USB Driver" (p. 125).

  1. Press [USB].
  2. Press PARAMETER [][] so that "Driver Mode" is displayed.

USB:Driver Mode Advanced

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the driver mode.

Standard:

The standard OS USB driver is used in this mode.

Advanced:

The special driver on the included CD-ROM is used in this mode.

  • This is set to "Advanced" when shipped from the factory.

  • Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

  • If the driver for the set mode has not yet been installed, at this point you need to turn off the power to the GS-10 and install the driver.
  • Quit any sequencer software and any other computer applications used by the GS-10.
  • Switch off the GS-10, then turn it on again.

The corresponding driver is installed on the computer.

MIDI in Standard Driver Mode

Normally, it's better to use MIDI in the Advanced driver mode.

  • With the factory settings, the Standard driver mode is compatible only with audio.

If "Standard" is selected as the driver mode with an OS standard driver that is compatible with both audio and MIDI data, you can use both audio and MIDI with the standard driver by making the following settings.

  • It has been confirmed that standard Windows XP/2000/Me/98 and Mac OS X/9/8 drivers are not supported or that problems may occur due to their use.

  • Press [USB].

  • Press PARAMETER [] [] so that "Std.Drv Func" is displayed.

USB:Std.Drv Func Audio

  1. Rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to set the standard driver function.

Audio:

Only audio is used.

Audio&MIDI:

Both audio and MIDI are used.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.
  2. Quit any sequencer software and any other computer applications used by the GS-10.
  3. Turn off the power to the GS-10, and then turn the unit on again.

  4. For more on installing the drivers, refer to "Installing & Setup the USB Driver" (p. 125).

Recording the GS-10's Output with a Computer

Set your application (such as a sequencer) so that the audio input port it uses is the GS-10.

You can freely set the point in the signal chain from which to extract the signal to be sent to the computer with Effect Chain (p. 24). For example, by setting this so that the computer records the signals as they are at the beginning of the chain, you can record the sounds without any effects added while you listen to the performance with the effects applied from the speakers.

If you are using the software to send the audio data through, set Direct Monitor (p. 79) to Off.

Applying Effects with the GS-10 to a Computer's Audio Playback

Set the audio output port used by applications to the GS-10.

You can use the GS-10 to add effects to audio data played back from the computer, and then record these sounds back to the computer.

Use this feature when you want to add effects to existing audio data.

  1. Press [INPUT SELECT].

Input Select.

  1. Use the PATCH/VALUE dial to select one of the following settings.

USB (Gtr/Mic):

Effects are applied to guitar and vocal sounds from the computer.

USB (Bass):

Effects are applied to bass sounds from the computer.

  1. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen.

The flow of audio signals at this point is shown in the figure on p. 19, p. 20.

ROLAND GS-10 - Applying Effects with the GS-10 to a Computer's Audio Playback - 1

In this mode, set the software so that audio is not transmitted through (not set to Thru).

Running the GS-10 from a Computer

You can use USB MIDI to run the GS-10 from your computer. When you set the GS-10 to the Advanced driver mode (p. 126, p. 146), the MIDI connectors used for operation of the GS-10 switches from MIDI IN/OUT connectors to the USB driver's "GS-10 Control" MIDI ports. Set your editor and sequencer MIDI input and output ports to GS-10 Control. For more on MIDI-related settings, refer to "Chapter 8 Using the GS-10 with External MIDI Devices Connected" (p. 68).

Using the GS-10 As a MIDI Interface

When the GS-10 is set to the Advanced driver mode (p. 126, p. 146) and connected via USB, you can use the GS-10's MIDI IN and OUT connectors to connect your computer to external MIDI devices.

Set the input and output ports used for the computer's MIDI applications to GS-10 MIDI In/Out.

Appendices

About MIDI

MIDI is an acronym for Musical Instrument Digital Interface, and is a world-wide standard for allowing electronic musical equipment to communicate by transmitting messages such as performance information and sound selections. Any MIDI equipped device is able to transmit applicable types of data to another MIDI equipped device, even if the two devices are different models or were made by different manufacturers. In MIDI, performance information such as playing a key or pressing a pedal are transmitted as MIDI Messages.

How MIDI messages are transmitted and received

First, we will explain briefly how MIDI messages are transmitted and received.

MIDI connectors

The following types of connector are used to convey MIDI messages. MIDI cables are connected to these connectors as needed.

ROLAND GS-10 - MIDI connectors - 1

ROLAND GS-10 - MIDI connectors - 2

ROLAND GS-10 - MIDI connectors - 3

MIDI INThis connector receives messages from another MIDI device.
MIDI OUTThis connector transmits messages from this device.
MIDI THRUThis connector re-transmits the messages that were received at MIDI IN.
  • The GS-10 features both "MIDI IN" and "MIDI OUT" connectors.

MIDI channels

MIDI is able to independently control more than one MIDI device over a single MIDI cable. This is possible because of the concept of MIDI channels.

The idea of MIDI channels is somewhat similar to the idea of television channels. By changing channels on a television set, you can view a variety of programs. This is because the information of a particular channel is received when the channels of the transmitter and receiver match.

ROLAND GS-10 - MIDI channels - 1
Select the channel of the broadcasting station you wish to watch

MIDI has sixteen channels 1-16, and MIDI messages will be received by the instrument (the receiving device) whose channel matches the channel of the transmitter.

  • If omni mode is on, data of all MIDI channels will be received regardless of the MIDI channel setting. If you do not need to control a specific MIDI channel, you may set Omni On.

Main types of MIDI message used by the GS-10

MIDI includes many types of MIDI messages that can convey a variety of information. MIDI messages can be broadly divided into two types; messages that are handled separately by MIDI channel (channel messages), and messages that are handled without reference to a MIDI channel (system messages).

Channel messages

These messages are used to convey performance information. Normally these messages perform most of the control. The way in which a receiving device will react to each type of MIDI message will be determined by the settings of the receiving device.

Program change messages

These messages are generally used to select sounds, and include a program change number from 1 to 128 which specifies the desired sound. The GS-10 also allows you to select any of the 200 different patch numbers in conjunction with bank select messages; a type of control change message.

Control change messages

These messages are used to enhance the expressiveness of a performance. Each message includes a controller number, and the settings of the receiving device will determine what aspect of the sound will be affected by control change messages of a given controller number.

The specified parameters can be controlled with the GS-10.

System messages

System messages include exclusive messages, messages used for synchronization, and messages used to keep a MIDI system running correctly.

Exclusive messages

Exclusive messages handle information related to a unit's own unique sounds, or other device-specific information. Generally, such messages can only be exchanged between devices of the same model by the same manufacturer. Exclusive messages can be employed to save the settings for effects programs into a sequencer, or for transferring such data to another GS-10.

The two instruments must be set to the same device ID numbers when exchanging SysEx messages.

About the MIDI implementation

MIDI allows a variety of messages to be exchanged between instruments, but it is not necessarily the case that all types of message can be exchanged between any two MIDI devices. Two devices can communicate only if they both use the types of messages that they have in common.

Thus, every owner's manual for a MIDI device includes a "MIDI Implementation Chart." This chart shows the types of message that the device is able to transmit and receive. By comparing the MIDI implementation charts of two devices, you can tell at a glance which messages they will be able to exchange. Since the charts are always of a uniform size, you can simply place the two charts side by side.

ROLAND GS-10 - About the MIDI implementation - 1

About USB

USB, short for "Universal Serial Bus," is an interface for connecting peripheral equipment to computers. Using USB, you can connect a variety of peripherals using a single USB cable and transfer data rapidly. It also allows peripheral devices to be connected or disconnected while the power is left on, while the computer automatically recognizes when this occurs (some devices may require settings or other procedures).

With the GS-10, you can use MIDI to transfer MIDI messages and audio data.

Error Messages

If you attempt an incorrect operation or if an operation could not be executed, the display will indicate an error message. Refer to this list and take the appropriate action.

Battery Low !! Please Change

  • The memory backup battery inside the GS-10 has run down. (This message will appear when the power is turned on.)
    Replace the battery as soon as possible. For battery replacement, please contact a nearby Roland service center or your dealer.

MIDI Off Line !

There is a problem with the MIDI cable connection.
Check to make sure the cable has not been pulled out or is not shorted.

MIDI Buffer Full

  • More MIDI messages were received in a short time than could be processed correctly.

Not Available! Check OUTPUT

  • You are attempting to change the following PREAMP/SPEAKER (p. 28) parameter settings with OUTPUT SELECT (p. 16) set to something other than Line/ Phones:

SP Type, Mic Type, Mic Dis., Mic Pos., Mic Level, Direct Level

The settings may be changed, but they have no effect.

Patch List

No.Patch NameOD/DSCh. Selectch-Ach-Bch-C
P101POWER LEAD-AMS1959(I)Drive StackMetal Lead
P102WARM CLEAN-AWarm CleanWarm CleanJC-120
P103BRIT VALVES-AVO DriveMS1959(I)MS HiGain
P104METAL MASTERS-AT-Amp LeadR-FIER Red5150 Drive
P105ATTIC AMPS-APro CrunchClean TWINVO Lead
P106WARM OVERDRIVET-ScreamAFat MATCHCrunchVO Drive
P1071969 VIBE'60s FUZZAMS1959(I)MS1959(I)Power Stack
P108CLASSICAL ROCKT-ScreamAPro CrunchMS1959(I)MS HiGain
P1095th TONE+SlwGEAR-AWarm CleanJC-120SLDN
P110CRYINGGUV DSAMS1959(I)MS1959(II)MS HiGain
P11170's FUNK-AClean TWINClean TWINClean TWIN
P112ALMOST HUMAN-AClean TWINCrunchBG Lead
P11380's ROCKABILLY-AWarm CleanPro CrunchDrive Stack
P114H&K TRIPLE-AT-Amp CleanT-Amp CrunchT-Amp Lead
P115TEXAS TREMBlues ODAWarm CleanClean TWINPro Crunch
P116JAZZ CATS-BJazz ComboPro CrunchSLDN
P117DRIVIN' BG-ABG RhythmBG DriveR-FIER Orng
P118BIGGEST MUFFMUFF FUZZAJC-120Full RangePro Crunch
P119CLEAN + DRIVETurbo ODAWarm CleanMATCH DriveSmooth Drive
P120SOLID STACKBoosterAPower StackPower StackPower Stack
P121CRUNCH ROTARY-ACrunchCrunchCrunch
P122CLASSIC TRIO-AClean TWINMS1959(I+II)R-FIER Red
P123OC + FUZZMUFF FUZZAMS1959(I)BG LeadPower Stack
P1243 CHANNEL TWIN-AClean TWINClean TWINClean TWIN
P125CREAMED MS1959-AWild CrunchMS1959(I+II)MS1959(II)
P126CRUNCHY STRATBlues ODAWarm CleanClean TWINPro Crunch
P127FLANGE ME OUT!-AClean TWINCrunchSmooth Drive
P128DS-1 STANDARDDistortionAMS1959(I)Drive StackDrive Stack
P129DOTTED 8th DELAY-AWarm CleanTweedFull Range
P130FAT CRUNCH!!-AWild CrunchFat MATCHSLDN
P131FEEDBACK-ACrunchR-FIER RedR-FIER Red
P132FRETLESS SOLO-AMic PreampBASS 360Warm Clean
P1331968-80 for LP-AVO DriveMS1959(I)MS1959(I)
P134GS-PAD-CFull RangeClean TWINWarm Clean
P135HARMONYMAN in Am-AWarm CleanWild CrunchMS1959(I+II)
P136NATURAL CRUNCHNatural ODABluesT-Amp CleanDrive Stack
P137HUM->ACOUSTIC-CFull RangeFull RangeFull Range
P138HARD ROCK70s-90s-AMS HiGainBG Lead5150 Drive
P139HEAVY RIFF-AR-FIER VintR-FIER OrngR-FIER Red
P140HiGAIN BG LEAD-ABG RhythmBG DriveBG Lead
P141HIT E5 CHORDBoosterAMS1959(I+II)SLDNBG Drive
P142JAZZY CHORD LP-AWarm CleanJazz ComboJC-120
P143LOUD,LDR,LOUDEST-AMS1959(I)Power StackR-FIER Orng
P144CLASSIC DUDET-ScreamAJC-120VO DriveVO Lead
P145LEGATO MASTER-AClean TWINSmooth DriveT-Amp Lead
P146MAGIC JC-AJC-120JC-120MS HiGain
P147MATCH ROCK-AMATCH DriveFat MATCHFat MATCH
P148MELLOW HOLLOW-AWarm CleanCrunchSmooth Drive
P149MELTDOWN-AJC-120Fat MATCHMS1959(I)
P150METALIZER-AClean TWIN5150 DriveMetal Lead
P151MORPHEOUS-CFull RangeMATCH DriveR-FIER Vint
P152MS TRI-CHANNEL-AMS1959(I)MS1959(I)MS HiGain
P153MODERN CRUNCH-AT-Amp CleanT-Amp CleanT-Amp Lead
P154MONO SYNTH-AJC-120BluesSLDN
P155CLEAN&COMPRESSED-AClean TWINClean TWINBG Lead
P156DRIVE1964-65-69-AVO DriveVO LeadClean TWIN
P157OCTAVE SYN LEADMetal ZoneAMic PreampMic PreampMic Preamp
P158OLD MS w/JUMPER-AMS1959(I)MS1959(II)MS1959(I+II)
P159SLICE IT UP!-ABG RhythmClean TWINSLDN
P160OCTAVE T-WAH-AClean TWINBG Lead5150 Drive
P161RHODES GUITAR-AWarm CleanWarm CleanWarm Clean
P162PINK WALL-AMATCH DriveMATCH DriveMATCH Drive
P163POWER CHORDBlues ODACrunchMATCH DriveFat MATCH
P164ORCHESTRAL DELAY-AClean TWINCrunchVO Drive
P165ROCK ON DOWN 2 DTurbo ODAWarm CleanPro CrunchMS HiGain
P166TRIPLE CLEAN-AWarm CleanPro CrunchT-Amp Clean
P167R-FIRED UP-AR-FIER OrngR-FIER OrngR-FIER Red
P168REAL TweED-ATweedTweedTweed
P169SINGLE->ACOUSTIC-AMic PreampFull RangeWarm Clean
P170SMOOTH LEAD-ASmooth DriveSmooth DriveSmooth Drive
P171SNAPPY WAH-AWarm CleanBluesT-Amp Lead
P172ST CRUNCH AMB-AFat MATCHCrunchVO Drive
P173SUPER CLEAN-AMic PreampMic PreampJC-120
P174SCOOP!-ACrunchT-Amp Lead5150 Drive
P175SEMI-HOLLOW-AClean TWINClean TWINClean TWIN
P176SMOOTH SOLO-ASmooth DriveSmooth DriveSmooth Drive
P177STRICTLY STRATBlues ODAWarm CleanClean TWINPro Crunch
P178OCTAVE FUZZOct FUZZAPro CrunchClean TWINPro Crunch
P179SUPER NATURAL-AWarm CleanMic PreampJC-120
P180AUSTIN + HOUSTON-AWarm CleanClean TWINBG Rhythm
P181MOVING IN SYNC-APro CrunchTweedBG Drive
P182SWAMP for ST-APro CrunchTweedMS1959(I)
P183TON O'METAL-AR-FIER RedDrive StackMS HiGain
P184TREM-VIBRATO-AClean TWINVO DrivePower Stack
P1855th MONO DRONEOct FUZZAWarm CleanClean TWINMS1959(I+II)
P186CLN,CRUNCH&TWEED-AClean TWINPro CrunchTweed
P187ROCK RHYTHM-AWarm CleanMS1959(I)MS1959(I)
P188BASSFACE-ACONCERT 810Bass CrunchBass HiGain
P189PLAY E.ACOUSTIC-AMic PreampFull RangeJC-120
P190PIEZO->Ac.GUITAR-CFull RangeFull RangeFull Range
P191VOCAL HARMO[Mic]-AMic PreampClean TWINMS HiGain
P192FINGERED [Bass]-AFLIP TOPT. E.BASS 360
P193PICK DRIVE[Bass]-ASESSIONBASS 360Bass Crunch
P194FUNK SLAP [Bass]-ABass CleanT. E.SESSION
P195ENHANCED [Bass]-ASESSIONBass CleanT. E.
P196FRETLESS [Bass]-ABASS 360Mic PreampT. E.
P197TRIPLE 810[Bass]-ACONCERT 810CONCERT 810CONCERT 810
P198OC HiGAIN [Bass]-AT. E.B-MANBass HiGain
P199B-MANIAC [Bass]-AB-MANB-MANB-MAN
P200DI CLEAN [Bass]-AMic PreampMic PreampBass Clean
  • With the factory settings, the content of the User patches is the same as that of the Preset patches.
  • Patches with [Mic] appended to the name are for use with mics. Sound from the GUITAR/BASS jack won't be heard.
  • Patches with [Bass] appended to the name are for use with basses.

Restoring the Factory Settings (Factory Reset)

Restoring the GS-10 to the settings made at the factory is referred to as "Factory Reset."

Not only can you return all of the settings to the values in effect when the GS-10 was shipped from the factory, you can also specify the range of settings to be reset.

ROLAND GS-10 - Restoring the Factory Settings (Factory Reset) - 1

  1. Turn off the power.
  2. While holding down PREAMP/SPEAKER CHANNEL SELECT [A] and [B], turn on the power.

The Factory Reset range setting screen appears in the display.

ROLAND GS-10 - Restoring the Factory Settings (Factory Reset) - 2

  • To cancel Factory Reset, press [EXIT].

  • Press PARAMETER [ ] [ ] to move the cursor, and rotate the PATCH/VALUE dial to specify the range of settings you want to restore to factory settings.

System:

System parameters, Harmonist scales, Auto Riff phrases, and Preamp/Speaker, Overdrive/Distortion, and Wah Custom Edit parameter settings.

U001-U100:

Settings for Patch Number U001 through U100.

  1. If you want to proceed with the factory reset, press [ENTER].

The specified range of data will be returned, and return to the Play screen.

Factory Settings

Tuner

Tuner Pitch: A = 440Hz

Tuner Output: Bypass

Output Select

OUTPUT Select: Line/Phones

Direct Patch

Direct Patch 1/2/3/4: U001/U002/U003/U004

System

LCD Contrast: 16

Patch Extent: P200

Assign Hold: On

Knob Mode: Immediate

EXP PDL Func: Auto

CTL1 Func: Assign 1-8

CTL2 Func: Assign 1-8

MIDI

RX Channel: 1

Omni Mode: Omni On

TX Channel: Rx

Device ID: 17

Sync Clock: Auto

Remote Ctrl: Advanced

KnobCtrlOut: On

PC Out: On

EXP PDL Out: CC#7

CTL1 Out: Off

CTL2 Out: Off

Map Select: Fix

USB

Output Level: 100

Input Level: 100

Monitor Cmd: Disable

Dir Monitor: On

Output Mode: Stereo (L/R)

Driver Mode: Advanced

Std.Drv Func: Audio

Others

Speaker ON/OFF: ON

Mic Gain: 50

Roland Exclusive Messages

1. Data Format for Exclusive Messages

Roland's MIDI implementation uses the following data format for all Exclusive messages (type IV):

ByteDescription
F0HExclusive Status
41HManufacturer ID (Roland)
DEVDevice ID
MDLModel ID
CMDCommand ID
[BODY]Main data
F7HEnd of exclusive

-MIDI status: F0H, F7H

An Exclusive message must be flanked by a pair of status codes, starting with a Manufacturer ID immediately after F0H (MIDI version 1.0).

Manufacturer ID: 41H

The Manufacturer ID identifies the manufacturer of a MIDI instrument that sends an Exclusive message. Value 41H represents Roland's Manufacturer ID.

Device ID: DEV

The Device ID contains a unique value that identifies individual devices in the implementation of several MIDI instruments. It is usually set to 00H-0FH, a value smaller by one than that of a basic channel, but value 00H-1FH may be used for a device with several basic channels.

- Model ID: MDL

The Model ID contains a value that identifies one model from another. Different models, however, may share an identical Model ID if they handle similar data.

The Model ID format may contain 00H in one or more places to provide an extended data field. The following are examples of valid Model IDs, each representing a unique model:

01H

02H

03H

00H, 01H

00H, 02H

00H, 00H, 01H

Command ID:CMD

The Command ID indicates the function of an Exclusive message. The Command ID format may contain 00H in one or more places to provide an extended data field. The following are examples of valid Command IDs, each representing a unique function:

01H

02H

03H

00H. 01H

00H. 02H

00H, 00H, 01H

- Main data: BODY

This field contains a message to be exchanged across an interface. The exact data size and content will vary with the Model ID and Command ID.

2. Address-mapped Data Transfer

Address mapping is a technique for transferring messages conforming to the data format given in Section 1. It assigns a series of memory-resident records—waveform and tone data, switch status, and parameters, for example, to specific locations in a machine-dependent address space, thereby allowing access to data residing at the address a message specifies.

Address-mapped data transfer is therefore independent of models and data categories. This technique allows use of two different transfer procedures: one-way transfer and handshake transfer.

One-way transfer procedure (See Section 3 for details.)

This procedure is suited to the transfer of a small amount of data. It sends out an Exclusive message completely independent of the receiving device's status.

Connection Diagram

ROLAND GS-10 - Connection Diagram - 1

Connection at point 2 is essential for "Request data" procedures. (See Section 3.)

- Handshake-transfer procedure (This device does not use this procedure)

This procedure initiates a predetermined transfer sequence (handshaking) across the interface before data transfer takes place. Handshaking ensures that reliability and transfer speed are high enough to handle a large amount of data.

Connection Diagram

ROLAND GS-10 - Connection Diagram - 1

Connection at points 1 and 2 is essential.

Notes on the above procedures

  • There are separate Command IDs for different transfer procedures.
  • Devices A and B cannot exchange data unless they use the same transfer procedure, share identical Device ID and Model ID, and are ready for communication.

3. One-way Transfer Procedure

This procedure sends out data until it has all been sent and is used when the messages are so short that answerbacks need not be checked.

For longer messages, however, the receiving device must acquire each message in time with the transfer sequence, which inserts 20 milliseconds intervals.

Types of Messages

MessageCommand ID
Request data 1RQ1 (11H)
Data set 1DT1 (12H)

- Request data #1: RQ1 (11H) (This device does not use this procedure)

This message is sent out when there is a need to acquire data from a device at the other end of the interface. It contains data for the address and size that specify designation and length, respectively, of data required.

On receiving an RQ1 message, the remote device checks its memory for the data address and size that satisfy the request.

If it finds them and is ready for communication, the device will transmit a "Data set 1 (DT1)" message, which contains the requested data. Otherwise, the device won't send out anything.

ByteDescription
F0HExclusive Status
41HManufacturer ID (Roland)
DEVDevice ID
MDLModel ID
11HCommand ID
aaHAddress MSB
||
||
LSB
ssHSize MSB
||
||
LSB
sumCheck sum
F7HEnd of exclusive
  • The size of the requested data does not indicate the number of bytes that will make up a DT1 message, but represents the address fields where the requested data resides.
  • Some models are subject to limitations in data format used for a single transaction. Requested data, for example, may have a limit in length or must be divided into predetermined address fields before it is exchanged across the interface.
  • The same number of bytes comprises address and size data, which, however, vary with the Model ID.
  • The error-checking process uses a checksum that provides a bit pattern where the last 7 bits are zero when values for an address, size, and that checksum are summed.

- Data set 1: DT1 (12H)

This message corresponds to the actual data transfer process.

Because every byte in the data is assigned a unique address, a DT1 message can convey the starting address of one or more bits of data as well as a series of data formatted in an address-dependent order.

The MIDI standards inhibit non real-time messages from interrupting an Exclusive one. This fact is inconvenient for devices that support a "soft-thru" function. To maintain compatibility with such devices, Roland has limited the DT1 to 256 bytes so that an excessively long message is sent out in separate 'segments'.

ByteDescription
F0HExclusive Status
41HManufacturer ID (Roland)
DEVDevice ID
MDLModel ID
12HCommand ID
aaHAddress MSB
||
||
LSB
ddHData MSB
||
||
LSB
sumCheck sum
F7HEnd of exclusive
  • A DT1 message is capable of providing only the valid data among those specified by an RQ1 message.
  • Some models are subject to limitations in data format used for a single transaction. Requested data, for example, may have a limit in length or must be divided into predetermined address fields before it is exchanged across the interface.
  • The number of bytes comprising address data varies from one Model ID to another.
  • The error-checking process uses a checksum that provides a bit pattern where the last 7 bits are zero when values for an address, size, and that checksum are summed.

Example of Message Transactions

Device A sending data to Device B

Transfer of a DT1 message is all that takes place.

ROLAND GS-10 - Device A sending data to Device B - 1

Device B requesting data from Device A

Device B sends an RQ1 message to Device A.

Checking the message, Device A sends a DT1 message back to Device B.

ROLAND GS-10 - Device B requesting data from Device A - 1

MIDI Implementation

Model: GS-10

Date: Jul. 15, 2003

Version: 1.00

1. RECOGNIZED RECEIVE DATA

CHANNEL VOICEMESSAGE

Control Change

Status Second Third
BnH ccH vvH

n = MIDI Channel Number: 0H - FH (ch.1 - ch.16)

cc = Controller Number: 00H, 20H (0, 32)

01H-1FH(1-31)

40H-5FH(64-95)

vv = Value: 00H-7FH(0-127)

  • Control numbers 00H and 20H are recognized as Bank Select messages.

00H: For values of 01H or lower, the Program Change Map will be switched according to the value. For values of 02H or higher, the received data will be ignored.

20H: The received data will be ignored, regardless of the value.

  • By specifying this as a Source for "Assign" (p. 60) you can use these messages to control a Target.

Program Change

Status Second
CnH ppH

n = MIDI Channel Number: 0H - FH (ch.1 - ch.16)

pp = Program Number: 00H - 7FH (No.1 - No.128)

  • Patches will be selected according to the program number that is received.
  • There are two Program Change Maps which are referenced when selecting programs, and these are switched by Bank Select messages.

SYSTEM REALTIMEMESSAGE

Timing Clock

Status

F8H

Active Sensing

Status

FEH

  • When an Active Sensing message is received, the interval of all subsequent messages will begin to be monitored. If an interval greater than 400 msec. between messages, the display will indicate "MIDI Off Line!"

ii = Manufacturer ID: 41H (Roland)

dd ... ee = Data: 00H-7FH(0-127)

F7H = EOX (End of Exclusive/System common)

  • For more details, please refer to "Roland Exclusive Message."

2. TRANSMITTED DATA

CHANNEL VOICEMESSAGE

Control Change

Status Second Third

BnH ccH vvH

n = MIDI Channel Number: 0H - FH (ch.1 - ch.16)

cc = Controller Number: 00H, 20H (0, 32)

01H-1FH(1-31)

21H-5FH(33-95)

vv = Value: 00H-7FH(0-127)

  • If you set up a system parameter "MIDI PC Out" for "On," Bank Select (00H, 20H) is transmitted when switching patch.
  • If you set up a control change number at a system parameter "MIDI EXP Out," control change information is transmitted when operating an external EXP pedal.
  • If you set up a control change number at a system parameter "MIDI CTL 1 Out," control change information is transmitted when operating an external CTL pedal.
  • If you set up a control change number at a system parameter "MIDI CTL 2 Out," control change information is transmitted when operating an external CTL pedal.

Program Change

Status Second

CnH ppH

n = MIDI Channel Number: 0H - FH (ch.1 - ch.16)

pp = Program Number: 00H - 7FH (No.1 - No.128)

  • If you set up a system parameter "MIDI PC Out" for "On," program change information is transmitted when switching patch.

SYSTEM REALTIMEMESSAGE

Start

Status

FAH

-Stop

Status

FCH

ii = Manufacturer ID: 41H (Roland)

dd ... ee = Data: 00H - 7FH (0 - 127)

F7H = EOX (End of Exclusive/System common)

  • For more details, please refer to "Roland Exclusive Message."

MIDI Machine Control (MMC)

F0H 7FH 7FH 06H com F7H

F0H = System Exclusive

7FH = ID Number (Universal Realtime Message)

7FH = Device ID (Broadcast)

06H = Sub ID#1(Machine Control Command)

com = Sub ID#2(MMC Command)

F7H = EOX (End of Exclusive/System common)

  • "com" (MMC Command) that I transmit with GS-10 is following.

01H Stop

02H Play

44H 06H 01H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H RESET

06H REC

3. EXCLUSIVE COMMUNICATION

On the GS-10, exclusive messages can be used as follows. - Transmit/receive GS-10 system/ patch data.

The model ID for GS-10 exclusive messages is 00H 63H, and you can set up the device ID at 00H-1FH.

ONEWAY COMMUNICATION

Request Data 1

RQ1(11H)

F0H 41H dev 00H 63H 11H aaH bbH ccH ddH ssH ttH uuH vvH sum F7H

FOH = Exclusive Status

41H = Manufacturer ID (Roland)

dev = Device ID (Dev=00H-1FH)

00H = Model ID MSB (GS-10)

63H = Model ID LSB (GS-10)

11H= Command ID (RQ1)

aaH = Address MSB

bbH = Address :

ccH = Address

ddH = Address LSB

ssH = Size MSB

ttH = Size

uuH = Size

vvH = Size LSB

sum = Checksum

F7H = EOX (End of System Exclusive)

  • This message can only be received, and is not transmitted from the GS-10.

  • When transmitting large Size values spanning fragmented addresses, the data can be transmitted only to those addresses that are contiguous.

- Data Set 1

DT1(12H)

F0H 41H dev 00H 63H 12H aaH bbH ccH ddH eeH ... ffH sum F7H

FOH = Exclusive Status

41H = Manufacturer ID (Roland)

dev = Device ID (dev = 00H-1FH)

00H = Model ID MSB (GS-10)

63H = Model ID LSB (GS-10)

12H = Command ID (DT1)

aaH = Address MSB

bbH = Address :

ccH = Address :

ddH = Address LSB

eeH = Data

:=

ffH = Data

sum = Checksum

F7H = EOX (End of System Exclusive)

  • When transmitting large amounts of data spanning fragmented addresses, the data can be transmitted only to those addresses that are contiguous.

Inquiry Message

Identity Request

F0H 7EH 10H 06H 01H F7H

FOH = Exclusive Status

7EH = ID Number

10H = Device ID

06H = Sub ID#1

01H = Sub ID#2

F7H = EOX (End of System Exclusive)

  • The 7FH (Broadcast) device ID is also supported.
  • When an Identity Request is received, the GS-10 will transmitted the following Identity Reply.

Identity Reply

F0H 7EH 10H 06H 02H 41H 63H 01H 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H F7H

FOH = Exclusive Status

7EH= ID Number (Universal Non-realtime Message)

10H= Device ID

06H= Sub ID#1

02H= Sub ID#2

41H= ID Number (Roland)

63H 01H= Device Family Code

00H 00H= Device Family Number Code

00H 00H 00H 00H = Software Revision Level

F7H= EOX (End of System Exclusive)

  • When an Identity Request is received, the GS-10 will transmitted the following Identity Reply.

4. PARAMETER ADDRESS MAP

The address and size are displayed under 7-bit hexadecimal notation.

Address MSB LSB

Binary 0aaa aaaa 0bbb bbbb 0ccc cccc 0ddd dddd

7-bitHexadecimal AA BB CC DD

Size MSB

Binary 0sss ssss 0tt ttt 0uuu uuuu 0vvv vvvv

7-bitHexadecimal SS TT UU VV

Address Block Map

AddressBlockSub BlockNote
00 00 00 00SYSTEMTUNER... Individual
OUTPUT*Refer to "Table TUNER"
DIRECT PATCH... Individual
MIC*Refer to "Table OUTPUT"
01 01 00 00MIDI... Individual
01 02 00 00METER*Refer to "Table DIRECT PATCH"
01 03 00 00USB Setting... Individual
01 04 00 00HARMONIST User Scale*Refer to "Table SYSTEM"
01 05 00 00AUTO RIFF User Phrase*Refer to "Table MIDI"
02 00 00 00AMP Customize... Individual
03 00 00 00SPEAKER Customize*Refer to "Table AMP"
03 03 00 00OD/DS Customize*Refer to "Table SPEAKER"
03 04 00 00WAH Customize... Individual
03 05 00 00Quick Fx... Individual
04 00 00 00ROM Area (Data)... Read Only, Individual
05 00 00 00ROM Area (Name)*Refer to "Table Quick Fx Data"
06 00 00 00User Patch... Read Only, Individual
06 01 00 00Patch 001*Refer to "Table SPEAKER"
07 00 00 00Patch 002... Individual
08 00 00 00Patch 109*Refer to "Table WAH"
09 00 00 00Patch 101... Read Only, Individual
09 01 00 00Patch 102*Refer to "Table Patch"
09 02 00 00Patch 199... Individual
09 03 00 00Patch 200*Refer to "Table Patch"
09 04 00 00Temporary Buffer... Bulk
09 05 00 00Temporary Buffer*Refer to "Table Patch"
0A 00 00 00Patch Change... Individual
0A 01 00 00Patch Write*Refer to "Table Patch Change"
0A 02 00 00Current Patch*Refer to "Table Patch"
0A 03 00 00Patch Initialize... Individual
0A 04 00 00AMP Ch Copy*Refer to "Table Patch Initialize"
0B 00 00 00Quick Fx Number*Refer to "Table Quick Fx Number"
0B 01 00 00Quick Fx Count... Read Only, Individual
0C 00 00 00TUNER/METER Mode*Refer to "Table TUNER/METER"
Patch ChangeWhen transmitted: Transmits the patch number.DATA: Patch Number
When received: Changes the Patch.DATA: Patch Number
Data size is fixed at 2 bytes.
Upon receiving RQ1, the GS-10 replies with the patch number.
Request size to the GS-10 at this time is fixed at 2 bytes (set at 00 00 00 02).
Patch WriteWhen received: After the patch is written, the patch is switched to the received patch number, and the Current Patch is output.
Current PatchWhen received: Current patch number is transmitted (only when RQ1 is received).
PatchWhen transmitted: DATA: 01H is transmitted.
InitializeWhen received: Initial value is set if DATA: 01H is received.
Data size is fixed at 1 byte.
AMP Ch CopyWhen transmitted: Copy-destination amp channel is transmitted.
When received: Copy-destination amp channel is received.
Data size is fixed at 1 byte.
Quick Fx NumberWhen transmitted: Quick Fx number is transmitted.DATA: Quick Fx Number
When received: Quick Fx number is changed.DATA: Quick Fx Number
Data size is fixed at 1 byte.
Quick Fx CountNumber of Quick Fx in each Effect block.
Request size is fixed at 1 byte (set at 00 00 00 01).
TUNER/METERMode 01H: TUNER Mode
02H: METER Mode
00H: exit (Play Mode)
* In TUNER mode: Pitch, Note data transmitted.
* In METER mode: METER POINT data transmitted.
During TAP operations: Delay Time, Delay Time (Fine) transmitted (when setting BPM: Master BPM transmitted).
  • The GS-10 can use two methods of communication; Individual Parameter and Bulk Dump.
  • Bulk data can be received when the Bulk Load Ready function is accessed in "MIDI:Bulk Load" screen (System mode).
  • Although individual data can be received at any time, be sure to appropriately describe the value for one parameter in one packet [F0...F7].
  • Do not use an address appended with "#" as the first address.
  • Do not specify an odd-number address for Quick Fx Data, SYSTEM:MIDI Program Map.
  • Parameters for which Size is 2 or higher should not be separated; make sure these are sent in the same packet.
  • Parameters with Size of 2 or higher transmitted from the specified addresses in sequence, from MSB to LSB.
  • Output of Quick Fx Name and EFFECT CHAIN is fixed as 12 bytes.

Table TUNER

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
00 00 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 0ATUNER Pitch00 : 435Hz01 : 436Hz:0A : 445Hz
00 00 00 0100 00 00 0100 - 01TUNER Out00 : Mute01 : Bypass

Table OUTPUT

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
01 00 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 04OUTPUT Select00 : LINE/PHONES
01 : COMBO AMP
02 : STACK AMP
03 : COMBO Return
04 : STACK Return

Table DIRECT PATCH

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
01010000000000- 01 47Direct Patch 100 00 : U001(User)
00 63 : U100(User)
00 64 : P101(Preset)
00 7F : P128(Preset)
01 00 : P129(Preset)
01 47 : P200(Preset)
01010002000000- 01 47Direct Patch 200 00 : U001(User)
00 63 : U100(User)
00 64 : P101(Preset)
00 7F : P128(Preset)
P129(Preset)
01 47 : P200(Preset)
01010004000000- 01 47Direct Patch 300 00 : U001(User)
00 63 : U100(User)
00 64 : P101(Preset)
00 7F : P128(Preset)
Q1 00 : P129(Preset)
01 47 : P200(Preset)
0101000600000000Direct Patch 400 00 : U001(User)
00 63 : U100(User)
00 64 : P101(Preset)
00 7F : P128(Preset)
O1 00 : P129(Preset)
01 47 : P200(Preset)

Table MIC

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
01 02 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 0AMic Gain00 : 001 : 1002 : 20:0A : 100

Table SYSTEM

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
010300000000000100 - 0FLCD Contrast1 - 16
010300010000000100 - 01Speaker Output00 : OFF
01 : ON
010300020000000200 00 - 01 47Patch Extent00 00 : 001(User)
00 63 : 100(User)
00 64 : 101(Preset)
00 7F : 128(Preset)
01 00 : 129(Preset)
01 47 : 200(Preset)
010300040000000100 - 01Assign Hold00 : OFF
01 : ON
010300050000000100 - 01Knob Mode00 : Immediate
01 : Current Setting
010300060000000100 - 05Exp Pedal Function00 : Auto
01 : Assign1-8
02 : Foot Volume
03 : Patch Level
04 : Pedal Wah
05 : Pedal Bend
010300070000000100 - 0ACTL1 Function00 : Assign1-8
01 : TUNER On/Off
02 : Remote Start/Stop
03 : Direct Patch Up
04 : Direct Patch Down
05 : Patch Up
06 : Patch Down
07 : Patch Level Inc1
08 : Patch Level Inc2
09 : Patch Level Dec1
0A : Patch Level Dec2
010300080000000100 - 0ACTL2 Function00 : Assign1-8
01 : TUNER On/Off
02 : Remote Start/Stop
03 : Direct Patch Up
04 : Direct Patch Down

Table MIDI

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
0104000000000100 - 0FMIDI Rx Channel00 : 1
OF : 16
0104000100000100 - 01MIDI Omni Mode00 : Omni Off
01 : Omni On
0104000200000100 - 10MIDI Tx Channel00 : 1
OF : 16
10 : Rx
0104000300000100 - 1FMIDI Device ID1 - 32
0104000400000100 - 01MIDI Sync Clock00 : Auto
01 : Internal
0104000500000100 - 02MIDI Remote Control00 : Standard
01 : Advanced
02 : MMC
0104000600000100 - 01MIDI Knob Control Out00 : Off
01 : On
0104000700000100 - 01MIDI PC Out00 : Off
01 : On
0104000800000100 - 5EMIDI EXP Out00 : Off
01 : 1
1F : 31
20 : 33
5E : 95
0104000900000100 - 5EMIDI CTL1 Out00 : Off
01 : 1
1F : 31
20 : 33
5E : 95
0104000A00000100 - 5EMIDI CTL2 Out00 : Off
01 : 1
1F : 31
20 : 33
5E : 95
0104000B00000100 - 01MIDI Map Select00 : Fix
01 : Program
---MIDIProgramMap ---
0104100000000200 00MIDI Program MapMIDI Map Select = Program
01041001#- 01 47B#0 P#100 00 : U001(User)
:
00 63 : U100(User)
00 64 : P101(Preset)
:
00 7F : P128(Preset)
01 00 : P129(Preset)
:
01 47 : P200(Preset)
0104100200000200 00MIDI Program MapMIDI Program Select = Program
01041003#- 01 47B#0 P#2
0104117E00000200 00MIDI Program MapMIDI Program Select = Program
0104117F#- 01 47B#0 P#128
0104120000000200 00MIDI Program MapMIDI Program Select = Program
01041201#- 01 47B#1 P#1
:
0104137E00000200 00MIDI Program MapMIDI Program Select = Program
0104137F#- 01 47B#1 P#128

Table METER

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
01 05 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 0DMETER PointInput, Effects, USB, Output *Refer to "Table METER Point"

Table USB Setting

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
020000000000000100 - 64USB/Digital Out00 : 001 : 264 : 200
020000010000000100 - 64Input Level0 - 100
020000020000000100 - 01Direct Monitor00 : Off01 : On
020000030000000100 - 01Output Mode00 : Stereo(L/R)01 : Effect/Direct
020000040000000100 - 01Driver Mode00 : Standard01 : Advanced
020000050000000100 - 01Std.Drv Func00 : Audio01 : Audio & MIDI
020000060000000100 - 01Monitor Cmd00 : Disable01 : Enable

Table HARMONIST

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- Scale 1 ---
03 00 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 00 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 Db
03 00 00 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 D
03 00 00 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 Eb
03 00 00 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 E
03 00 00 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 F
03 00 00 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 F#
03 00 00 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 G
03 00 00 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 Ab
03 00 00 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 A
03 00 00 0A00 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 Bb
03 00 00 0B00 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 1 B
--- Scale 2 ---
03 00 01 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 01 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 Db
03 00 01 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 D
03 00 01 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 Eb
03 00 01 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 E
03 00 01 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 F
03 00 01 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 F#
03 00 01 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 G
03 00 01 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 Ab
03 00 01 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 A
03 00 01 0A00 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 Bb
03 00 01 0B00 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 2 B
--- Scale 3 ---
03 00 02 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 02 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 Db
03 00 02 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 D
03 00 02 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 Eb
03 00 02 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 E
03 00 02 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 F
03 00 02 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 F#
03 00 02 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 G
03 00 02 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 Ab
03 00 02 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 A
03 00 02 1000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 Bb
03 00 02 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 3 B
--- Scale 4 ---
03 00 03 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 03 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 Db
03 00 03 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 D
03 00 03 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 Eb
03 00 03 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 E
03 00 03 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 F
03 00 03 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 F#
03 00 03 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 G
03 00 03 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 Ab
03 00 03 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 A
03 00 03 1000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 Bb
03 00 03 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 4 B
--- Scale 5 ---
03 00 04 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 04 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 Db
03 00 04 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 D
03 00 04 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 Eb
03 00 04 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 E
03 00 04 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 F
03 00 04 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 F#
03 00 04 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 G
03 00 04 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 Ab
03 00 04 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 A
03 00 04 1000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 Bb
03 00 04 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 5 B
--- Scale 6 ---
03 00 05 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 05 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 Db
03 00 05 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 D
03 00 05 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 Eb
03 00 05 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 E
03 00 05 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 F
03 00 05 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 F#
03 00 05 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 G
03 00 05 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 A
03 00 05 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 A
03 00 05 1000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 Bb
03 00 05 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 6 B
--- Scale 7 ---
03 00 06 0000 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 06 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 Db
03 00 06 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 D
03 00 06 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 Eb
03 00 06 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 F
03 00 06 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 F
03 00 06 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 F#
03 00 06 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 G
03 00 06 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 F
03 00 06 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 A
03 00 06 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 Bb
03 00 06 1200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 7 B
--- Scale 8 ---
03 00 07 0100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 C*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
03 00 07 0200 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 D
03 00 07 0300 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 Eb
03 00 07 0400 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 F
03 00 07 0500 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 G
03 00 07 0600 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 F
03 00 07 0700 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 G
03 00 07 0800 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 A
03 00 07 0900 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 Bb
03 00 07 1100 00 00 0100 - 30Scale 8 B
--- Scale 9 ---
0300080000000100 - 30
0300080100000100 - 30
0300080200000100 - 30
0300080300000100 - 30
0300080400000100 - 30
0300080500000100 - 30
0300080600000100 - 30
0300080700000100 - 30
0300080800000100 - 30
0300080900000100 - 30
0300080A00000100 - 30
0300080B00000100 - 30
--- Scale 10 ---
0300090000000100 - 30
0300090100000100 - 30
0300090200000100 - 30
0300090300000100 - 30
0300090400000100 - 30
0300090500000100 - 30
0300090600000100 - 30
0300090700000100 - 30
0300090800000100 - 30
0300090900000100 - 30
0300090A00000100 - 30
0300090B00000100 - 30
--- Scale 11 ---
03000A0000000100 - 30
03000A0100000100 - 30
03000A0200000100 - 30
03000A0300000100 - 30
03000A0400000100 - 30
03000A0500000100 - 30
03000A0600000100 - 30
03000A0700000100 - 30
03000A0800000100 - 30
03000A0900000100 - 30
03000A1A00000100 - 30
03000AOB00000100 - 30
--- Scale 12 ---
0300OB0000000100 - 30
0300OB0100000100 - 30
0300OB0200000100 - 30
0300OB0300000100 - 30
0300OB0400000100 - 30
0300OB0500000100 - 30
0300OB0600000100 - 30
0300OB0700000100 - 30
0300OB0800000100 - 30
0300OB0900000100 - 30
0300OB1A00000100 - 30
0300OBOB00000100 - 30
--- Scale 14 ---
0300OC0000000100 - 30
0300OC0100000100 - 30
0300OC0200000100 - 30
0300OC0300000100 - 30
0300OC0400000100 - 30
0300OC0500000100 - 30
0300OC0600000100 - 30
0300OC0700000100 - 30
0300OCOB00000100 - 30
0300OCOB00000100 - 30
--- Scale 15 ---
0300OE0000000100 - 30
0300OE0100000100 - 30
0300OE0200000100 - 30
0300OE0300000100 - 30
0300OE0400000100 - 30
0300OE0500000100 - 30
0300OEOB00000100 - 30
0300OEOB01000100 - 30
--- Scale 16 ---
0300OF0000000100 - 30
0300OF0100000100 - 30
0300OF0200000100 - 30
0300OF0300000100 - 30
0300OF0400000100 - 30
0300OFOB00000100 - 30
0300OFOB1A000100 - 30
0300OFOB1A1A1A1A - 30
--- Scale 17 ---
0300100000000100 - 30
0300101100000100 - 30
0300101200000100 - 30
0300101300111111 - 30
0311121311111111 - 30
Scale 9 C
Scale 9 Db
Scale 9 D
Scale 9 E b
Scale 9 E F
Scale 9 F#
Scale 9 G
Scale 9 Ab
Scale 9 A
Scale 9 Bb
Scale 9 B
Scale 10 C
Scale 10 Db
Scale 10 D
Scale 10 Eb
Scale 10 E
Scale 10 F
Scale 10 F#
Scale 10 G
Scale 10 Ab
Scale 10 A
Scale 10 Bb
Scale 10 B
Scale 11 C
Scale 11 Db
Scale 11 D
Scale 11 Eb
Scale 11 E
Scale 11 F
Scale 11 F#
Scale 11 G
Scale 11 Ab
Scale 11 A
Scale 11 Bb
Scale 11 B
Scale 12 C
Scale 12 Db
Scale 12 D
Scale 12 Eb
Scale 12 E
Scale 12 F
Scale 12 F#
Scale 12 G
Scale 12 Ab
Scale 12 A
Scale 12 Bb
Scale 12 B
Scale 12 C
Scale 13 Db
Scale 13 D
Scale 13 Eb
Scale 13 E
Scale 13 F
Scale 13 F#
Scale 13 G
Scale 13 Ab
Scale 13 A
Scale 13 Bb
Scale 13 B
Scale 14 C
Scale 14 Db
Scale 14 D
Scale 14 Eb
Scale 14 E
Scale 14 F
Scale 14 F#
Scale 14 G
Scale 14 Ab
Scale 14 A
Scale 14 Bb
Scale 14 B
Scale 15 C
Scale 15 Db
Scale 15 D
Scale 15 Eb
Scale 15 E
Scale 15 F
Scale 15 F#
Scale 15 G
Scale 15 Ab
Scale 15 A
Scale 15 Bb
Scale 15 B
Scale 16 C
Scale 16 Db
Scale 16 D
Scale 16 Eb
Scale 16 E
Scale 16 F
Scale 16 F#
Scale 16 G
Scale 16 Ab
Scale 16 A
Scale 16 Bb
Scale 16 B
Scale 17 C
Scale 17 Db
Scale 17 D
Scale 17 Eb
Scale 17 E
Scale 17 F
Scale 17 G
Scale 17 Ab
Scale 17 A
Scale 17 Bb
Scale 17 B

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

--- Scale 18 ---
03001100000001
03001101000001
03001102000001
03001103000001
03001104000001
03001105000001
03001106000001
03001107000001
03001108000001
03001109000001
0300110A000001
0300110B000001
--- Scale 19 ---
03001200000001
03001201000001
03001202000001
03001203000001
03001204000001
03001205000001
03001206000001
03001207000001
03001208000001
03001209000001
0300120A000001
0300120B000001
--- Scale 20 ---
03001300000001
03001301000001
03001302000001
03001303000001
03001304000001
03001305000001
03001306000001
03001307000001
03001308000001
03001309000001
0300130A000001
0300130B000001
--- Scale 21 ---
03001400000001
03001401000001
03001402000001
03001403000001
03001404000001
03001405000001
03001406000001
03001407000001
03001408000001
03001409000001
0300140A000001
0300140B000001
--- Scale 22 ---
03001500000001
03001501000001
03001502000001
03001503000001
03001504000001
03001505000001
03001506000001
03001507000001
03001508000001
03001509000001
0300150A000001
0300150B000001
--- Scale 23 ---
03001600000001
03001601000001
03001602000001
03001603000001
03001604000001
03001605000001
03001606000001
03001607000001
03001608000001
03001609000001
0300161A000001
0300161B000001
--- Scale 24 ---
03001700000001
03001701000001
03001702000001
03001703000001
03001704000001
03001705000001
03001706000001
03001707000001
03001708000001
03001709000001
0300171A000001
0300171B000001
--- Scale 25 ---
03001800000001
03001801000001
03001802000001
03001803000001
03001804000001
03001805000001
03001806000001
03001807000001
03001808000001
03001809000001
0300181A000001
0300181B000001
Scale 18 C
Scale 18 Db
Scale 18 D
Scale 18 Eb
Scale 18 E
Scale 18 F
Scale 18 F#
Scale 18 Ab
Scale 18 A
Scale 18 Bb
Scale 18 B
Scale 19 C
Scale 19 Db
Scale 19 D
Scale 19 Eb
Scale 19 E
Scale 19 F
Scale 19 F#
Scale 19 G
Scale 19 Ab
Scale 19 A
Scale 19 Bb
Scale 19 B
Scale 20 C
Scale 20 Db
Scale 20 D
Scale 20 Eb
Scale 20 E
Scale 20 F
Scale 20 F#
Scale 20 G
Scale 20 Ab
Scale 20 A
Scale 20 Bb
Scale 20 B
Scale 21 C
Scale 21 Db
Scale 21 D
Scale 21 Eb
Scale 21 E
Scale 21 F
Scale 21 F#
Scale 21 G
Scale 21 Ab
Scale 21 A
Scale 21 Bb
Scale 21 B
Scale 21 B
Scale 22 C
Scale 22 Db
Scale 22 D
Scale 22 Eb
Scale 22 E
Scale 22 F
Scale 22 F#
Scale 22 G
Scale 22 Ab
Scale 22 A
Scale 22 Bb
Scale 22 B
Scale 22 B
Scale 23 C
Scale 23 Db
Scale 23 D
Scale 23 Eb
Scale 23 E
Scale 23 F
Scale 23 F#
Scale 23 G
Scale 23 Ab
Scale 23 A
Scale 23 Bb
Scale 23 B
Scale 24 C
Scale 24 Db
Scale 24 D
Scale 24 Eb
Scale 24 E
Scale 24 F
Scale 24 G
Scale 24 Ab
Scale 24 A
Scale 24 Bb
Scale 24 B
Scale 25 C
Scale 25 Db
Scale 25 D
Scale 25 Eb
Scale 25 E
Scale 25 F
Scale 25 F#
Scale 25 G
Scale 25 Ab
Scale 25 A
Scale 25 Bb
Scale 25 B
Scale 26 C
Scale 26 Db
Scale 26 D
Scale 26 Eb
Scale 26 E
Scale 26 F
Scale 26 F#
Scale 26 G
Scale 26 Ab
Scale 26 A
Scale 26 Bb
Scale 26 B
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"
*Refer 100% accuracy.
--- Scale 27 ---
03001A0000000100 - 30Scale 27 C
03001A0100000000 - 30Scale 27 Db
03001A0200000000 - 30Scale 27 D
03001A0300000000 - 30Scale 27 Eb
03001A0400000000 - 30Scale 27 E
03001A0500000000 - 30Scale 27 F
03001A0600000000 - 30Scale 27 F#
03001A0700000000 - 30Scale 27 G
03001A0800000000 - 30Scale 27 Ab
03001A0900000000 - 30Scale 27 A
03001A0A00000000 - 30Scale 27 Bb
03001A0B00000000 - 30Scale 27 B
--- Scale 28 ---
03001B0000000000 - 30Scale 28 C
03001B0100000000 - 30Scale 28 Db
03001B0200000000 - 30Scale 28 D
03001B0300000000 - 30Scale 28 Eb
03001B0400000000 - 30Scale 28 E
03001B0500000000 - 30Scale 28 F
03001B0600000000 - 30Scale 28 F#
03001B0700000000 - 30Scale 28 G
03001B0800000000 - 30Scale 28 Ab
03001B0900000000 - 30Scale 28 A
03001B0A00000000 - 30Scale 28 Bb
03001BOB00000000 - 30Scale 28 B
--- Scale 29 ---
03001C0000000000 - 30Scale 29 C
03001C0100000000 - 30Scale 29 Db
03001C0200000000 - 30Scale 29 D
03001C0300000000 - 30Scale 29 Eb
03001C0400000000 - 30Scale 29 E
03001C0500000000 - 30Scale 29 F
03001C0600000000 - 30Scale 29 F#
03001C0700000000 - 30Scale 29 G
03001C0800000000 - 30Scale 29 Ab
03001C0900000000 - 30Scale 29 A
03001COA00000000 - 30Scale 29 Bb
03001COB00000000 - 30Scale 29 B

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

*Refer to "Table HR Harmony Note"

Table HR Harmony Note

Data(H)Description
Below is an explanation of the Description value when IN is C.
Replace each of the values when IN is something other than C.
00Pitch = -C ↓↓
01Pitch = -Db↓
02Pitch = -D ↓
03Pitch = -Eb↓
04Pitch = -E ↓
05Pitch = -F ↓
06Pitch = -F# ↓
07Pitch = -G ↓
08Pitch = -Ab ↓
09Pitch = -A ↓
0APitch = -Bb ↓
0BPitch = -B ↓
0CPitch = -C ↓
0DPitch = -Db
0EPitch = -D
0FPitch = -Eb
10Pitch = -E
11Pitch = -F
12Pitch = -F#
13Pitch = -G
14Pitch = -Ab
15Pitch = -A
16Pitch = -Bb
17Pitch = -B
18Pitch = C
19Pitch = +Db
1APitch = +D
1BPitch = +Eb
1CPitch = +E
1DPitch = +F
1EPitch = +F#
1FPitch = +G
20Pitch = +Ab
21Pitch = +A
22Pitch = +Bb
23Pitch = +B
24Pitch = +C ↑
25Pitch = +Db↑
26Pitch = +D ↑
27Pitch = +Eb↑
28Pitch = +E ↑
29Pitch = +F ↑
2APitch = +F# ↑
2BPitch = +G ↑
2CPitch = +Ab ↑
2DPitch = +A ↑
2EPitch = +Bb ↑
2FPitch = +B ↑
30Pitch = +C ↑↑

Table AUTO RIFF

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
03 01 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step1*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
03 01 00 0100 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step2
03 01 00 0200 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step3
03 01 00 0300 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step4
03 01 00 0400 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step5
03 01 00 0500 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step6
03 01 00 0600 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step7
03 01 00 0700 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step8
03 01 00 0800 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step9
03 01 00 0900 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step10
03 01 00 1A00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step11
03 01 00 1B00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step12
03 01 00 1C00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step13
03 01 00 1D00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step14
03 01 00 1E00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step15
03 01 00 0F00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 C Step16
03 01 00 1000 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step1*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
03 01 00 1100 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step2
03 01 00 1200 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step3
03 01 00 1300 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step4
03 01 00 1400 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step5
03 01 00 1500 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step6
03 01 00 1600 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step7
03 01 00 1700 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step8
03 01 00 1800 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step9
03 01 00 1900 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step10
03 01 00 2A00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step11
03 01 00 2B00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step12
03 01 00 2C00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step13
03 01 00 2D00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step14
03 01 00 2E00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 Db Step15
03 01 00 2F00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step1*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
03 01 00 2G00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step2
03 01 00 2H00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step3
03 01 00 2I00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step4
03 01 00 2J00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step5
03 01 00 2K00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step6
03 01 00 2L00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step7
03 01 00 2M00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step8
03 01 00 2N00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step9
03 01 00 2O00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step10
03 01 00 2P00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step11
03 01 00 2Q00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step12
03 01 00 2R00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step13
03 01 00 2S00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step14
03 01 00 2T00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step15
03 01 00 2U00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 D Step16
03 01 00 2V00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step1*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step2
03 01 00 2X00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step3
03 01 00 2Y00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step4
03 01 00 2Z00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step5
03 01 00 2R00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step6
03 01 00 2S00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step7
03 01 00 2T00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step8
03 01 00 2U00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step9
03 01 00 2V00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step10
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step11
03 01 00 2X00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step12
03 01 00 2Y00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step13
03 01 00 2Z00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step14
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step15
03 01 00 2X00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step16
03 01 00 2Y00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step17
03 01 00 2Z00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step18
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 E Step19
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step1
03 01 00 2X00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step2
03 01 00 2Y00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step3
03 01 00 2Z00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step4
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step5
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step6
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step7
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step8
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step9
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step10
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step11
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step12
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step13
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step14
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step15
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step16
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step17
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step18
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step19
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step2
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step2
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step3
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step4
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 32User 1 F Step5
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step6
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step7
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step8
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step9
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step10
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step11
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step12
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step13
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step14
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step15
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step16
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step17
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step18
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step19
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step2
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step2
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step3
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step4
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step5
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step6
03 01 00 2W00 00 00 0100 - 42User 1 F Step7
03 01. WW W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L K L k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K.K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B BB B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C G C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | I | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E T E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E D F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g gg g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g g G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y.Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YYYY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BBBB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BBbb BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB bb BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BTBT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BE B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n no n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n nn n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n.
0301006E0000000100 - 32
0301006F0000000100 - 32
030100700000000100 - 32
030100710000000100 - 32
030100720000000100 - 32
030100730000000100 - 32
030100740000000100 - 32
030100750000000100 - 32
030100760000000100 - 32
030100770000000100 - 32
030100780000000100 - 32
030100790000000100 - 32
0301007A0000000100 - 32
0301007B0000000100 - 32
0301007C0000000100 - 32
0301007D0000000100 - 32
0301007E0000000100 - 32
0301007F0000000100 - 32
030101000000000100 - 32
030101010000000100 - 32
030101020000000100 - 32
030101030000000100 - 32
030101040000000100 - 32
030101050000000100 - 32
030101060000000100 - 32
030101070000000100 - 32
030101080000000100 - 32
030101090000000100 - 32
030101OA0000000100 - 32
030101OB0000000100 - 32
030101OC0000000100 - 32
030101OD0000000100 - 32
030101OE0000000100 - 32
030101OF0000000100 - 32
030101100000000100 - 32
030101110000000100 - 32
030101120000000100 - 32
030101130000000100 - 32
030101140000000100 - 32
030101150000000100 - 32
030101160000000100 - 32
030101170000000100 - 32
030101180000000100 - 32
030101190000000100 - 32
0301011A0000000100 - 32
0301011B0000000100 - 32
0301011C0000000100 - 32
0301011D0000000100 - 32
0301011E0000000100 - 32
0301011F0000000100 - 32
030101200000000100 - 32
030101210000000100 - 32
030101220000000100 - 32
030101230000000100 - 32
030101240000000100 - 32
030101250000000100 - 32
030101260000000100 - 32
030101270000000100 - 32
030101280000000100 - 32
030101290000000100 - 32
0301012A0000000100 - 32
0301012B0000000100 - 32
0301012C0000000100 - 32
0301012D0000000100 - 32
0301012E0000000100 - 32
0301012F0000000100 - 32
030101300000000100 - 32
030101310000000100 - 32
030101320000000100 - 32
030101330000000100 - 32
030101340000000100 - 32
030101350000000100 - 32
030101360000000100 - 32
030101370000000100 - 32
030101380000000100 - 32
:
:
:
:
User 1F#Step15
User 1F#Step16
User 1GStep1
User 1GStep2
User 1GStep3
User 1GStep4
User 1GStep5
User 1GStep6
User 1GStep7
User 1GStep8
User 1GStep9
User 1GStep10
User 1GStep11
User 1GStep12
User 1GStep13
User 1GStep14
User 1GStep15
User 1GStep16
User 1AStep1
User 1AStep2
User 1AStep3
User 1AStep4
User 1AStep5
User 1AStep7
User 1AStep8
User 1AStep9
User 1AStep10
User 1AStep11
User 1AStep12
User 1AStep13
User 1AStep14
User 1AStep15
User 1AStep16
User 1BbStep1
User 1BbStep2
User 1BbStep3
User 1BbStep4
User 1BbStep5
User 1BbStep6
User 1BbStep7
User 1BbStep8
User 1BbStep9
User 1BbStep10
User 1BbStep11
User 1BbStep12
User 1BbStep13
User 1BbStep14
User 1BbStep15
User 1BbStep16
User 1BStep1
User 1BStep2
User 1BStep3
User 1BStep4
User 1BStep5
User 1BStep6
User 1BStep7
User 1BStep8
User 1BStep9
User 1BStep10
User 1BStep11
User 1BStep12
User 1BStep13
User 1BStep14
User 1BStep15
User 1BStep16
User 2CStep1
:
User 3CStep1
:
User 4CStep1
:
User 5CStep1
:
User 6CStep1
:
User 7CStep1
:
User 8CStep1
:
User 9CStep1
:
User 10CStep1
:
User 10BStep16
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer to "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"
*Refer TO "Table AR Step Note"

Table AR Step Note

Data(H)Description
Below is an explanation of the Description value when IN is C.
Replace each of the values when IN is something other than C.
00Pitch = -C ↓
01Pitch = -Db ↓
02Pitch = -D ↓
03Pitch = -Eb ↓
04Pitch = -E ↓
05Pitch = -F ↓
06Pitch = -F# ↓
07Pitch = -G ↓
08Pitch = -Ab ↓
09Pitch = -A ↓
0APitch = -Bb ↓
0BPitch = -B ↓
0CPitch = -C ↓
0DPitch = -Db ↓
0EPitch = -D
0FPitch = -Eb ↓
10Pitch = -E
11Pitch = -F
12Pitch = -F#
13Pitch = -G
14Pitch = -Ab
15Pitch = -A
16Pitch = -Bb
17Pitch = -B
18Pitch = C
19Pitch = +Db
1APitch = +D
1BPitch = +Eb
1CPitch = +E
1DPitch = +F
1EPitch = +F#
1FPitch = +G
20Pitch = +Ab
21Pitch = +A
22Pitch = +Bb
23Pitch = +B
24Pitch = +C ↑
25Pitch = +Db ↑
26Pitch = +D ↑
27Pitch = +Eb ↑
28Pitch = +E ↑
29Pitch = +F ↑
2APitch = +F# ↑
2BPitch = +G ↑
2CPitch = +Ab ↑
2DPitch = +A ↑
2EPitch = +Bb ↑
2FPitch = +B ↑
30Pitch = +C ↑
31Pitch = -
32Pitch = end

Table AMP

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
03020000000000 - 06Custom1 Type00 : JC Clean01 : TW Clean02 : Crunch03 : VO Lead04 : BG Lead05 : MS1959 Stk06 : Modern Stk
03020001000001Custom1 Bottom00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020002000001Custom1 Edge00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020003000001Custom1 Bass Frequency00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020004000001Custom1 Treble Frequency00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020005000001Custom1 Preamp Low00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020006000001Custom1 Preamp High00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03020100000001Custom2 Type
03020101000001Custom2 Bottom
03020102000001Custom2 Edge
03020103000001Custom2 Bass Frequency
03020104000001Custom2 Treble Frequency
03020105000001Custom2 Preamp Low
03020106000001Custom2 Preamp High
03020200000001Custom3 Type
03020201000001Custom3 Bottom
03020202000001Custom3 Edge
03020203000001Custom3 Bass Frequency
03020204000001Custom3 Treble Frequency
03020205000001Custom3 Preamp Low
03020206000001Custom3 Preamp High

Table SPEAKER

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
03030000000000 - 0ACustom1 Size00 : 5"01 : 6"02 : 7"09 : 14"0A : 15"
03030001000001Custom1 Color Low00 : -1001 : -902 : -80A : 013 : +914 : +10
03030002000001Custom1 Color High00 : -1001 : -902 : -80A : 013 : +914 : +10
03030003000001Custom1 Number00 : x101 : x202 : x403 : x8
03030004000001Custom1 Cabinet Type00 : Open01 : Close
03030100000001Custom2 Size
03030101000001Custom2 Color Low
03030102000001Custom2 Color High
03030103000001Custom2 Number
03030104000001Custom2 Cabinet Type

Table OD/DS

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
03040000000000 - 07Custom1 Type00 : OD-101 : OD-202 : CRUNCH03 : DS-104 : DS-205 : METAL-106 : METAL-207 : FUZZ00 : OD-101 : OD-202 : CRUNCH03 : DS-104 : DS-205 : METAL-106 : METAL-207 : FUZZ
03040001000000 - 0ACustom1 Bottom00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +5000 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03040002000000 - 0ACustom1 Top00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +5000 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03040003000000 - 0ACustom1 Low00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +5000 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03040004000000 - 0ACustom1 High00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
03040100000000 - 07Custom2 Type
03040101000000 - 0ACustom2 Bottom
0304010200000100 - 0ACustom2 Top
0304010300000100 - 0ACustom2 Low
0304010400000100 - 0ACustom2 High
0304020000000100 - 07Custom3 Type
0304020100000100 - 0ACustom3 Bottom
0304020200000100 - 0ACustom3 Top
0304020300000100 - 0ACustom3 Low
0304020400000100 - 0ACustom3 High

Table WAH

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
0305000000000100 - 04Custom1 Type00 : CRY WAH01 : VO WAH02 : Fat WAH03 : Light WAH04 : 7String WAH
0305000100000100 - 0ACustom1 Q00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
0305000200000100 - 0ACustom1 Range Low00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
0305000300000100 - 0ACustom1 Range High00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
0305000400000100 - 0ACustom1 Presence00 : -5001 : -4002 : -30:09 : +400A : +50
0305010000000100 - 04Custom2 Type
0305010100000100 - 0ACustom2 Q
0305010200000100 - 0ACustom2 Range Low
0305010300000100 - 0ACustom2 Range High
0305010400000100 - 0ACustom2 Presence
0305020000000100 - 04Custom3 Type
0305020100000100 - 0ACustom3 Q
0305020200000100 - 0ACustom3 Range Low
0305020300000100 - 0ACustom3 Range High
0305020400000100 - 0ACustom3 Presence

Table Quick Fx Data

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
04 00 ** **P1(Read Only)
04 01 ** **P2(Read Only)
04 02 ** **P3(Read Only)
04 03 ** **P4(Read Only)
Separate the upper four and lower four bits, assigning them to different bytes, and process them in sequence, beginning with the upper bits.
Example) Processing 64H
06H: Odd address
04H: Even address
FX-1 ---
** ** 00 0000 00 00 0200 - 0AFX1:FX Select*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 00 0200 00 00 0200 - 09PW :Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 01AW :Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 0CTM :Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 02ACS:Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 02LM :Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64ENH: Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 64SG :Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 64TR :Wave Shape
00 00 00 0200 - 64DF :Tone
00 00 00 0200 - 01RM :Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 01FB :Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 00 0400 00 00 0200 - 64PW :Pdl Position
00 00 00 0200 - 01AW :Polarity*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64TM :Low
00 00 00 0200 - 64ACS:Sustain
00 00 00 0200 - 64LM :Attack
00 00 00 0200 - 0BENH: Frequency*Refer to "Table ENH Frequency"
00 00 00 0200 - 64SG :Rise Time
00 00 00 0200 - 71TR :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 64DF :Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 64RM :Frequency
00 00 00 0200 - 64FB :Rise Time(A)
** ** 00 0600 00 00 0200 - 64PW :Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64AW :Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 64TM :High
00 00 00 0200 - 64ACS:Attack
00 00 00 0200 - 64LM :Threshold
00 00 00 0200 - 64ENH:Mix Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64TR :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64DF :Attack
00 00 00 0200 - 64RM :Effect Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64FB :Rise Time(A)
** ** 00 0800 00 00 0200 - 64PW :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64AW :Frequency
00 00 00 0200 - 64TM :Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64ACS: Tone
00 00 00 0200 - 11LM :Ratio*Refer to "Table Ratio"
00 00 00 0200 - 64ENH:----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64TR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64DF :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64RM :Direct Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64FB :F.B.Level
** ** 00 0A00 00 00 0200 - 64PW :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64AW :Peak
00 00 00 0200 - 64TM :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64ACS:Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64LM :Release
00 00 00 0200 - 64ENH:----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64TR :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64DF :Resonance
00 00 00 0202 - 64RM :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64FB :F.B.Level(A)
** ** 00 0C00 00 00 0202 - 71PW :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64AW :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0202 - 64TM :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64ACS:----
00 00 00 0202 - 64LM :Level
00 00 00 0202 - 64ENH:----
00 00 00 0202 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64TR :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64DF :Direct Level
00 00 00 0202 - 64RM :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64FB :Vibrato Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 00 0E00 00 00 0202 - 64PW :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64AW :Depth
00 00 00 0202 - 64TM :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64ACS:----
00 00 00 0202 - 64LM :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64ENH:----
00 00 00 0202 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0202 - 64TR :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64DF :Direct Level
00 00 00 0212 - 64RM :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64FB :Vibrato Depth
** ** 00 1000 00 00 0212 - 64PW :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64AW :Level
00 00 00 0212 - 64TM :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64ACS:----
00 00 00 0212 - 64LM :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64ENH:----
00 00 00 0212 - 64TR :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64SG :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64DF :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64RM :----
00 00 00 0212 - 64FB :----
--- COMP ---
** ** 01 0000 00 00 0200 - 64CS :Sustain
** ** 01 0200 00 00 0200 - 64CS :Level
--- OD/DS ---
** ** 02 0000 00 00 0200 - 18OD :Type*Refer to "Table OD Type"
** ** 02 0200 00 00 0200 - 64OD :Drive
** ** 02 0400 00 00 0200 - 64OD :Bass
** ** 02 0600 00 00 0200 - 64OD :Treble
** ** 02 0800 00 00 0200 - 64OD :EffectLevel
** ** 02 0A00 00 00 0200 - 64OD :DirectLevel
--- PREAM/SP SIM ---
** ** 03 0000 00 00 0200 - 2FPRE/SP:Type*Refer to "Table PRE/SP Type"
** ** 03 0200 00 00 0200 - 78PRE/SP:Gain
** ** 03 0400 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Bass
** ** 03 0600 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Middle
** ** 03 0800 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Treble
** ** 03 0A00 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Presence
** ** 03 0C00 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Amp Level
** ** 03 1E00 00 00 0200 - 01PRE/SP:Bright
** ** 03 1000 00 00 0200 - 02PRE/SP:Gain Switch
** ** 03 1200 00 00 0200 - 09PRE/SP:Speaker Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 03 1400 00 00 0200 - 04PRE/SP:Mic Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 03 1600 00 00 0200 - 01PRE/SP:Mic Distance*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 03 1800 00 00 0200 - 0APRE/SP:Mic Position*Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 03 1A00 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Mic Level
** ** 03 1C00 00 00 0200 - 64PRE/SP:Direct Level
--- EQ ---
** ** 04 0000 00 00 0200 - 28EQ :Low EQ
** ** 04 0200 00 00 0200 - 1BEQ :Low-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 04 0400 00 00 0200 - 05EQ :Low-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 04 0600 00 00 0200 - 28EQ :Low-Middle EQ
** ** 04 0800 00 00 0200 - 1BEQ :High-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 04 0A00 00 00 0200 - 05EQ :High-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 04 0C00 00 00 0200 - 28EQ :High-Middle EQ
** ** 04 0E00 00 00 0200 - 28EQ :High EQ
** ** 04 1000 00 00 0200 - 28EQ :Level
--- FX-2 ---
** ** 05 0000 00 00 0200 - 11FX2:FX Select
** ** 05 0200 00 00 0200 - 03PH :Type*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 71FL :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 02HR :Voice*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 02PS :Voice*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 03OC :Range*Refer to "Table OC Range"
00 00 00 0200 - 30PB :Pitch Min
00 00 00 0200 - 102CE:Xover Frequency*Refer to "Table Xover Frequency"
00 00 00 0200 - 64PAN:Wave Shape
00 00 00 0200 - 71VB :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 71UV :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 01RT :Speed Select*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0400 00 - 03SDD:Delay Time*Refer to "Table SDD Delay Time"
00 00 00 0200 - 64HU :Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 13SL :Pattern*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 27AR :Phrase*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 01BS :Character*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 28SEQ:Low EQ
** ** 05 0400 00 00 0200 - 71PH :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 64FL :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 39HR :HR1 Harmony*Refer to "Table HR Harmony"
00 00 00 0200 - 03PS :PS1 Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64OC :Octave Level
00 00 00 0200 - 30PB :Pitch Max
00 00 00 0200 - 712CE:Low Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 71PAN:Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 64VB :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 71UV :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64RT :Rate(Slow)*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 74SDD:Delay Time (LSB)
00 00 00 0200 - 64HU :Vowel 1*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 71SL :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 64AR :Loop*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:Wave*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 1BBS :Level
00 00 00 0200 - 1BSEQ:Low-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 05 0600 00 00 0200 - 64PH :Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64FL :Manual
00 00 00 0400 00 - 02HR :HR1 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
00 00 00 0200 - 30PS :PS1 Pitch
00 00 00 0200 - 64OC :Direct Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64PB :Pd1 Position
00 00 00 0200 - 642CE:Low Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64PAN:Depth
00 00 00 0200 - 64VB :Trigger*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64UV :Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64RT :Rate(Fast)*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 64SDD:Feedback
00 00 00 0200 - 64HU :Vowel 2*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64SL :Trigger Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 71AR :Tempo*Refer to "Table Rate"
00 00 00 0200 - 71SYN:Chromatic*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64BS :---
00 00 00 0200 - 65SEQ:Low-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 05 0800 00 00 0200 - 64PH :Manual
00 00 00 0200 - 64FL :Resonance
00 00 00 0200 - 64HR :HR1 Pre Delay (LSB)
00 00 00 0200 - 64PS :PS1 Fine
00 00 00 0200 - 64OC :---
00 00 00 0200 - 64PB :Effect Level
00 00 00 0200 - 502CE:Low Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64PAN :---
00 00 00 0200 - 64VB :Rise Time
00 00 00 0200 - 64UT :Rise Time
00 00 00 0200 - 78SDD:Effect Level
00 00 00 0200 - 64HU :Sensitivity
00 00 00 0200 - 64SL :---
0000000200 - 64AR :Sensitivity
0000000200 - 02SYN:Octave Shift*Refer to "Table Patch"
0000000200 - 28BS :----
0000000200 - 28SEQ:Low-Middle EQ
** ** 05 0A0000000200 - 64PH :Resonance
0000000200 - 64FL :Separation
0000000200 - 64HR :HR1 Feedback
0000000200 - 64PS :PS1 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
- 02 33
0000000200 - 64OC :----
PB :Direct Level
0000000200 - 642CE:Low Level
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
0000000200 - 64RT :Fall Time
SDD:----
0000000200 - 71HU :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
SL :----
0000000200 - 0BAR :Key*Refer to "Table Patch"
0000000200 - 64SYN:PWM Rate
BS :----
0000000200 - 1BSEQ:High-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 05 0C0000000200 - 72PH :Step Rate*Refer to "Table Step Rate"
0000000200 - 0AFL :Low Cut Filter*Refer to "Table Low Cut"
0000000200 - 64HR :HR1 Level
PS :PS1 Pre Delay(LSB)
OC :----
PB :----
0000000200 - 712CE:High Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
0000000200 - 64RT :Depth
0000000200 - 64SDD:----
0000000200 - 64HU :Depth
0000000200 - 64SL :----
0000000200 - 64AR :Attack
0000000200 - 64SYN:PWM Depth
BS :----
0000000200 - 05SEQ:High-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 05 0E0000000200 - 64PH :Effect Level
0000000200 - 64FL :Effect Level
0000000200 - 39HR :HR2 Harmony*Refer to "Table HR Harmony"
0000000200 - 64PS :PS1 Feedback
OC :----
PB :----
0000000200 - 642CE:High Depth
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD:----
0000000200 - 64HU :Manual
0000000200 - 01AR :Hold*Refer to "Table Patch"
0000000200 - 64SYN:Cutoff Frequency
BS :----
0000000200 - 28SEQ:High-Middle EQ
** ** 05 100000000200 - 64PH :Direct Level
0000000200 - 64FL :Direct Level
0000000400 00 - 02 33HR :HR2 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
0000000200 - 64PS :PS1 Level
OC :----
PB :----
0000000200 - 642CE:High Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Patch"
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD:----
0000000200 - 64HU :Level
0000000200 - 64SL :----
0000000200 - 64AR :Effect Level
0000000200 - 64SYN:Resonance
BS :----
0000000200 - 28SEQ:High EQ
** ** 05 12PH :----
FL :----
HR :HR2 HR2 Pre Delay (LSB)
0000000200 - 03PS :PS2 Mode*Refer to "Table Patch"
OC :----
PB :----
0000000200 - 642CE:High Level
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD:----
HU :----
SL :----
0000000200 - 64AR :Direct Level
0000000200 - 64SYN:FLIT.Sensitivity
BS :----
0000000200 - 28SEQ:Level
** ** 05 14PH :----
FL :----
HR :HR2 Level
0000000200 - 30PS :PS2 Pitch
OC :----
PB :----
2CE:----
PAN:----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD:----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:FLT.Decay
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 16PH :----
FL :----
00 00 00 0200 - 0BHR :Key *Refer to "Table Patch"
00 00 00 0200 - 64PS :PS2 Fine
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:FLT.Depth *Refer to "Table Patch"
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 18PH :----
FL :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64HR :Direct Level
00 00 00 0400 00 - - 02 33PS :PS2 Pre Delay *Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 65SYN:Attack *Refer to "Table Patch"
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 1APH :----
FL :----
HR :----
PS :PS2 Pre Delay (LSB)
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:Release
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 1CPH :----
FL :----
HR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64PS :PS2 Level
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64SYN:Velocity
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 1EPH :----
FL :----
HR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 64PS :Direct Level
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
00 - 01AR :----
00 00 00 0200 - 01SYN:Hold *Refer to "Table Patch"
BS :----
SEQ:----
** ** 05 20PH :----
FL :----
HR :----
PS :----
OC :----
PB :----
2CE :----
PAN :----
VB :----
UV :----
RT :----
SDD :----
HU :----
SL :----
AR :----
0000000200 - 64SYN:Synth LevelBS :--SEQ:----
** ** 05 22PH :--FL :--HR :--PS :--OC :--PB :--2CE :--PAN :--VB :--UV :--RT :--SDD :--HU :--SL :--AR :--SYN:Direct LevelBS :--SEQ:----
0000000200 - 64
--- DELAY ---
** ** 06 000000000200 - 02DD :Type *Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 06 020000000200 - 66DD :DlyTime *Refer to "Table DD Delay Time"
** ** 06 040000000200 - 14DD :DlyTime(Fine)
** ** 06 060000000200 - 64DD :Tap Time
** ** 06 080000000200 - 64DD :Feedback
** ** 06 0A0000000200 - 09DD :High Cut Filter *Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 06 0C0000000200 - 78DD :Effect Level
--- CHORUS ---
** ** 07 000000000200 - 02CE :Mode *Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 07 020000000200 - 71CE :Rate *Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 07 040000000200 - 64CE :Depth
** ** 07 060000000200 - 50CE :Pre Delay *Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 07 080000000200 - 0ACE :Low Cut Filter *Refer to "Table Low Cut"
** ** 07 0A0000000200 - 09CE :High Cut Filter *Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 07 0C0000000200 - 64CE :Effect Level
--- REVERB ---
** ** 08 000000000200 - 04RV :Type *Refer to "Table Reverb Type"
** ** 08 020000000200 - 63RV :Reverb Time *Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 08 040000000200 - 64RV :Pre Delay
** ** 08 060000000200 - 0ARV :Low Cut Filter *Refer to "Table Low Cut"
** ** 08 080000000200 - 09RV :High Cut Filter *Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 08 0A0000000200 - 0ARV :Density
** ** 08 0C0000000200 - 64RV :Effect Level
--- ASSIGN ---
** ** 09 000000000400 00 00 - - 00 00 OF 0FAssign:Target *Refer to "Table Quick Fx Target"
** ** 09 02
** ** 09 0400000004xx xx - - xx xxAssign:Target Min [Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
** ** 09 06
** ** 09 0800000004xx xx - - xx xxAssign:Target Max [Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
** ** 09 0A
** ** 09 0C0000000200 - 41Assign:Source *Refer to "Table Source"
** ** 09 0E0000000200 - 01Assign:Source Mode *Refer to "Table Patch"
** ** 09 100000000200 - 7FAssign:Source Act.Range Low
** ** 09 120000000200 - 7FAssign:Source Act.Range High

Table Quick Fx Name

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
05 00 ** **P1(Read Only)
05 01 ** **P2(Read Only)
05 02 ** **P3(Read Only)
05 03 ** **P4(Read Only)
↑ ↑:
↑ ↑
↑ ↑
↑ ↑
--- FX-1 ---
** ** 00 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 00 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** : :: :: :
** ** 00 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- COMP ---
** ** 01 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 01 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** : :: :: :
** ** 01 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- OD/DS ---
** ** 02 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 02 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** : :: :: :
** ** 02 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- PREAMP/SP SIM ---
** ** 03 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 03 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** : :: :: :
** ** 03 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- EQ ---
** ** 04 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 04 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** : :: :: :
** ** 04 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- FX-2 ---
** ** 05 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 05 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** ::::
** ** 05 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- DELAY ---
** ** 06 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 06 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** ::::
** ** 06 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- CHORUS ---
** ** 07 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 07 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** ::::
** ** 07 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- REVERB ---
** ** 08 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 08 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** ::::
** ** 08 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12
--- ASSIGN ---
** ** 09 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 09 01#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2
** ** ::::
** ** 09 0B#00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 12

Table Patch

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
06 00 ** **Patch 001 (User Patch)
06 01 ** **Patch 002 (User Patch)
::
06 63 ** **Patch 100 (User Patch)
07 00 ** **Patch 101 (Preset Patch)
::
07 63 ** **Patch 200 (Preset Patch)
08 00 ** **Temporary Buffer (Bulk)
09 00 ** **Temporary Buffer (Individual)
↑ ↑ ↑
↑ ↑ ↑
↑ ↑ ↑
--- FX-1 ---
** ** 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 01FX1:On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 00 0100 00 00 0100 - 0AFX1:FX Select00 : PW
01 : AW
02 : TM
03 : ACS
04 : LM
05 : ENH
06 : SG
07 : TR
08 : DF
09 : RM
0A : FB
** ** 00 0200 00 00 0100 - 09PW :Type00 : CRY WAH
01 : VO WAH
02 : Fat WAH
03 : Light WAH
04 : 7String WAH
05 : Resonance WAH
06 : Bass WAH
07 : Custom1
08 : Custom2
09 : Custom3
** ** 00 0300 00 00 0100 - 64PW :Pdl Position0 - 100
** ** 00 0400 00 00 0100 - 64PW :Level0 - 100
** ** 00 0500 00 00 0100 - 01AW :Mode00 : LPF
01 : BPF
** ** 00 0600 00 00 0100 - 01AW :Polarity00 : Down
01 : Up
** ** 00 0700 00 00 0100 - 64AW :Sensitivity0 - 100
** ** 00 0800 00 00 0100 - 64AW :Frequency0 - 100
** ** 00 0900 00 00 0100 - 64AW :Peak0 - 100
** ** 00 0A00 00 00 0100 - 71AW :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 00 0B00 00 00 0100 - 64AW :Depth0 - 100
** ** 00 0C00 00 00 0100 - 64AW :Level0 - 100
** ** 00 0D00 00 00 0100 - 0CTM :Type00 : Fat
01 : Presence
02 : Mild
03 : Tight
04 : Enhance
05 : 'S' to 'H'
06 : 'H' to 'S'
07 : 'H' to 'HF'
08 : 'S' to Hollow
09 : 'H' to Hollow
OA : 'S' to Acoustic
OB : 'H' to Acoustic
OC : 'P' to Acoustic
** ** 00 0E00 00 00 0100 - 64TM :Low-50 - +50
** ** 00 0F00 00 00 0100 - 64TM :High-50 - +50
** ** 00 1000 00 00 0100 - 64TM :Level0 - 100
** ** 00 1100 00 00 0100 - 02ACS:Type00 : Stereo Comp
01 : BOSS Comp
02 : D-Comp
** ** 00 1200 00 00 0100 - 64ACS:Sustain0 - 100
** ** 00 1300 00 00 0100 - 64ACS:Attack0 - 100
** ** 00 1400 00 00 0100 - 64ACS: Tone-50 - +50
** ** 00 1500 00 00 0100 - 64ACS:Level0 - 100
** ** 00 1600 00 00 0100 - 02LM :Type00 : Stereo Limiter
01 : Rack 160D 02 : Vtg Rack U
** ** 00 1700 00 00 0100 - 64LM :Attack0 - 100
** ** 00 1800 00 00 0100 - 64LM :Threshold0 - 100
** ** 00 1900 00 00 0100 - 11LM :Ratio*Refer to "Table Ratio"
** ** 00 1A00 00 00 0100 - 64LM :Release0 - 100
** ** 00 1B00 00 00 0100 - 64LM :Level0 - 100
** ** 00 1C00 00 00 0100 - 64ENH: Sensitivity 0 - 100
** ** 00 1D00 00 00 0100 - 0BENH: Frequency*Refer to "Table ENH Frequency"
** ** 00 1E00 00 00 0100 - 64ENH:Mix Level0 - 100
** ** 00 1F00 00 00 0100 - 64SG :Sensitivity0 - 100
** ** 00 2000 00 00 0100 - 64SG :Rise Time0 - 100
** ** 00 2100 00 00 0100 - 64TR :Wave Shape0 - 100
** ** 00 2200 00 00 0100 - 71TR :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 00 2300 00 00 0100 - 64TR :Depth0 - 100
** ** 00 2400 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Tone-50 - +50
** ** 00 2500 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Sensitivity0 - 100
** ** 00 2600 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Attack0 - 100
** ** 00 2700 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Depth0 - 100
** ** 00 2800 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Resonance0 - 100
** ** 00 2900 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Effect Level0 - 100
** ** 00 2A00 00 00 0100 - 64DF :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 00 2B00 00 00 0100 - 01RM :Mode00 : Normal 01 : Intelligent
** ** 00 2C00 00 00 0100 - 64RM :Frequency0 - 100
** ** 00 2D00 00 00 0100 - 64RM :Effect Level0 - 100
** ** 00 2E00 00 00 0100 - 64RM :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 00 2F00 00 00 0100 - 01FB :Mode00 : OSC 01 : Natural
** ** 00 3000 00 00 0100 - 64FB :Rise Time0 - 100 Mode=OSC
** ** 00 3100 00 00 0100 - 64FB :Rise Time(▲)0 - 100 Mode=OSC
** ** 00 3200 00 00 0100 - 64FB :F.B.Level0 - 100
** ** 00 3300 00 00 0100 - 64FB :F.B.Level(▲)0 - 100 Mode=OSC
** ** 00 3400 00 00 0100 - 71FB :Vibrato Rate0 - 100 Mode=OSC *Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 00 3500 00 00 0100 - 64FB :Vibrato Depth0 - 100 Mode=OSC
--- COMP ---
** ** 01 0000 00 00 0100 - 01CS :On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
** ** 01 0100 00 00 0100 - 64CS :Sustain0 - 100
** ** 01 0200 00 00 0100 - 64CS :Level0 - 100
--- OD/DS ---
** ** 02 0000 00 00 0100 - 01OD :On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
** ** 02 0100 00 00 0100 - 18OD :Type*Refer to "Table OD Type"
** ** 02 0200 00 00 0100 - 64OD :Drive0 - 100
** ** 02 0300 00 00 0100 - 64OD :Bass-50 - +50
** ** 02 0400 00 00 0100 - 64OD :Treble-50 - +50
** ** 02 0500 00 00 0100 - 64OD :Effect Level0 - 100
** ** 02 0600 00 00 0100 - 64OD :Direct Level0 - 100
--- PREAMP/SP SIM ---
** ** 03 0000 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
** ** 03 0100 00 00 0200 - 02PRE/SP:Channel SelectA, B, C
** ** 03 0200 00 00 0100 - 2FPRE/SP:Type(Ach) *Refer to "Table PRE/SP Type"
** ** 03 0300 00 00 0100 - 78PRE/SP:Gain(Ach) 0 - 120
** ** 03 0400 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Bass(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 0500 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Middle(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 0600 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Treble(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 0700 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Presence(Ach) 0 - 100 (-100 - 0)
** ** 03 0800 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Amp Level(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 0900 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Bright(Ach) 00 : Off 01 : On
** ** 03 0A00 00 00 0100 - 02PRE/SP:Gain SW(Ach) 00 : Low 01 : Middle 02 : High
** ** 03 0B00 00 00 0100 - OEPRE/SP:Speaker Type(Ach) 00 : OFF 01 : ORIGINAL 02 : 1x8" 03 : 1x10" 04 : 1x12" 05 : 1x15" 06 : 1x18" 07 : 2x12" 08 : 2x15" 09 : 4x10" OA : 4x12" OB : 8x10" OC : 8x12" DA : Custom1 OE : Custom2
** ** 03 OC00 00 00 0100 - 04PRE/SP:Mic Type(Ach) 00 : DYN57 01 : DYN421 02 : CND451 03 : CND87 04 : FLAT
** ** 03 OD00 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Mic Distance(Ach) 00 : Off Mic 01 : On Mic
** ** 03 OE00 00 00 0100 - 0APRE/SP:Mic Position(Ach) 00 : Center 01 : 1 02 : 2 03 : 3 04 : 4 05 : 5 06 : 6 07 : 7 08 : 8 09 : 9 OA : 10
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Mic Level(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Direct Level(Ach) 0 - 100
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Type(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 78PRE/SP:Gain(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Bass(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Middle(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Treble(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Presence(Bch)
** ** 03 OF00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Amp Level(Bch)
** ** 03 1800 00 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Bright(Bch)
** ** 03 1900 00 00 00 0100 - 02PRE/SP:Gain SW(Bch)
** ** 03 1A00 00 00 00 0100 - 09PRE/SP:Speaker Type(Bch)
** ** 03 1B00 00 00 00 0100 - 04PRE/SP:Mic Type(Bch)
** ** 03 1C00 00 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Mic Distance(Bch)
** ** 03 1D00 00 00 00 0100 - 0APRE/SP:Mic Position(Bch)
** ** 03 1E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Mic Level(Bch)
** ** 03 1F00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Direct Level(Bch)
** ** 03 2000 00 00 00 0100 - 2FPRE/SP:Type(Cch)
** ** 03 2100 00 00 00 0100 - 78PRE/SP:Gain(Cch)
** ** 03 2200 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Bass(Cch)
** ** 03 2300 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Middle(Cch)
** ** 03 2400 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Treble(Cch)
** ** 03 2500 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Presence(Cch)
** ** 03 2600 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Amp Level(Cch)
** ** 03 2700 00 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Bright(Cch)
** ** 03 2800 00 00 00 0100 - 02PRE/SP:Gain SW(Cch)
** ** 03 2900 00 00 00 0100 - 09PRE/SP:Speaker Type(Cch)
** ** 03 2A00 00 00 00 0100 - 04PRE/SP:Mic Type(Cch)
** ** 03 2B00 00 00 00 0100 - 01PRE/SP:Mic Distance(Cch)
** ** 03 2C00 00 00 00 0100 - 0APRE/SP:Mic Position(Cch)
** ** 03 2D00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Mic Level(Cch)
** ** 03 2E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PRE/SP:Direct Level(Cch)
--- EQ ---
** ** 04 0000 00 00 00 0100 - 01EQ :On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 04 0100 00 00 00 0100 - 28EQ :Low EQ-20dB - +20dB
** ** 04 0200 00 00 00 0100 - 1BEQ :Low-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 04 0300 00 00 00 0100 - 05EQ :Low-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 04 0400 00 00 00 0100 - 28EQ :Low-Middle EQ-20dB - +20dB
** ** 04 0500 00 00 00 0100 - 1BEQ :High-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
** ** 04 0600 00 00 00 0100 - 05EQ :High-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
** ** 04 0700 00 00 00 0100 - 28EQ :High-Middle EQ-20dB - +20dB
** ** 04 0800 00 00 00 0100 - 28EQ :High EQ-20dB - +20dB
** ** 04 0900 00 00 00 0100 - 28EQ :Level-20dB - +20dB
--- EQ-2---
** ** 05 0000 00 00 00 0100 - 01FX2:On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 05 0100 00 00 00 0100 - 11FX2:FX Select00 : PH
01 : FL
02 : HR
03 : PS
04 : OC
05 : PB
06 : 2CE
07 : PAN
08 : VB
09 : UV
OA : RT
OB : SDD
OC : HU
OD : SL
OE : AR
OF : SYN
10 : BS
11 : SEQ
** ** 05 0200 00 00 00 0100 - 03PH :Type00 : 4 Stage
01 : 8 Stage
02 : 12 Stage
03 : Bi-Phase
** ** 05 0300 00 00 00 0100 - 71PH :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
01 : - 100
** ** 05 0400 00 00 00 0100 - 64PH :Depth0 - 100
PH :Manual
PH :Resonance
** ** 05 0500 00 00 00 0100 - 72PH :Step Rate*Refer to "Table Step Rate"
** ** 05 0600 00 00 00 0100 - 64PH :Effect Level0 - 100
** ** 05 0700 00 00 00 0100 - 64PH :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 05 0800 00 00 00 0100 - 71PL :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 0900 00 00 00 0100 - 64PL :Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 1000 00 00 00 0100 - 64PL :Manual0 - 100
** ** 05 1100 00 00 00 0100 - 64PL :Separation0 - 100
** ** 05 1200 00 00 00 0100 - 64PL :Direct Level0 - 100
HR :Voice00 : 1-Voice
01 : 2-Mono
02 : 2-Stereo
** ** 05 1300 00 00 00 0100 - 39HR :HR1 Harmony*Refer to "Table HR Harmony"
** ** 05 1400 00 00 0200 00 - - 02 33HR :HR1 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
** ** 05 15#00 00 00 0100 - 64HR :HR1 Feedback0 - 100
** ** 05 1600 00 00 0100 - 64HR :HR1 Level0 - 100
** ** 05 1700 00 00 0100 - 64HR :HR2 Harmony*Refer to "Table HR Harmony"
** ** 05 1800 00 00 0100 - 39HR :HR2 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
** ** 05 1900 00 00 0200 00 - - 02 33HR :HR2 Level0 - 100
** ** 05 2A#00 00 00 0100 - 64HR :HR2 Pre DelayC(Am) - B(G#m)
** ** 05 1B00 00 00 0100 - 64HR :KeyC(Am) - B(G#m)
** ** 05 1C00 00 00 0100 - 0BHR :Voice0 - 1-VOO
PS :PS1 ModePS :PS1 Mode
** ** 05 1F00 00 00 0100 - 03PS :PS1 ModePS :PS1 PitchPS :PS1 Pitch
PS :PS1 FinePS :PS1 Fine
** ** 05 2000 00 00 0100 - 30PS :PS1 Pitch-24 - +24
** ** 05 2100 00 00 0100 - 64PS :PS1 Fine-50 - +50
** ** 05 2200 00 00 0200 00 - - 02 33PS :PS1 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
** ** 05 23#00 00 00 0100 - 64PS :PS1 Feedback0 - 100
** ** 05 2500 00 00 0100 - 64PS :PS1 Level0 - 100
** ** 05 2600 00 00 0100 - 63PS :PS2 Mode00 : Fast
01 : Medium
02 : Slow
33 : Mono
** ** 05 2700 00 00 0100 - 30PS :PS2 Pitch-24 - +24
** ** 05 2800 00 00 0100 - 64PS :PS2 Fine-50 - +50
** ** 05 2900 00 00 0200 00 - - 02 33PS :PS2 Pre Delay*Refer to "Table Pre Delay"
** ** 05 2B00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PS :PS2 Level0 - 100
** ** 05 2C00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PS :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 05 2D00 00 00 00 0100 - 03OC :Range*Refer to "Table OC Range"
** ** 05 2E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64OC :Octave Level0 - 100
** ** 05 2F00 00 00 00 0100 - 64OC :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 05 3000 00 00 00 0100 - 30PB :Pitch Min-24 - +24
** ** 05 3100 00 00 00 0100 - 30PB :Pitch Max-24 - +24
** ** 05 3200 00 00 00 0100 - 64PB :Pd1 Position0 - 100
** ** 05 3300 00 00 00 0100 - 64PB :Effect Level0 - 100
** ** 05 3400 00 00 00 0100 - 64PB :Direct Level0 - 100
** ** 05 3500 00 00 00 0100 - 102CE:Xover Frequency*Refer to "Table Xover Frequency"
** ** 05 3600 00 00 00 0100 - 712CE:Low Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 3700 00 00 00 0100 - 642CE:Low Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 3800 00 00 00 0100 - 502CE:Low Pre Delay0.0ms - 40.0ms (0.5ms step)
** ** 05 3900 00 00 00 0100 - 642CE:Low Level0 - 100
** ** 05 3A00 00 00 00 0100 - 712CE:High Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 3B00 00 00 00 0100 - 642CE:High Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 3C00 00 00 00 0100 - 502CE:High Pre Delay0.0ms - 40.0ms (0.5ms step)
** ** 05 3D00 00 00 00 0100 - 642CE:High Level0 - 100
** ** 05 3E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64PAN:Wave Shape0 - 100
** ** 05 3F00 00 00 00 0100 - 71PAN:Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 4000 00 00 00 0100 - 64PAN:Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 4100 00 00 00 0100 - 71VB :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 4200 00 00 00 0100 - 64VB :Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 4300 00 00 00 0100 - 01VB :Trigger00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 05 4400 00 00 00 0100 - 64VB :Rise Time0 - 100
** ** 05 4500 00 00 00 0100 - 71UV :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 4600 00 00 00 0100 - 64UV :Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 4700 00 00 00 0100 - 64UV :Level0 - 100
** ** 05 4800 00 00 00 0100 - 01RT :Speed Select00:slow, 01:fast
** ** 05 4900 00 00 00 0100 - 71RT :Rate(Slow)*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 4A00 00 00 00 0100 - 71RT :Rate(Fast)*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 05 4B00 00 00 00 0100 - 64RT :Rise Time0 - 100
** ** 05 4C00 00 00 00 0100 - 64RT :Fall Time0 - 100
** ** 05 4D00 00 00 00 0100 - 64RT :Depth0 - 100
** ** 05 4E00 00 00 00 0200 00 -SDD:Delay Time*Refer to "Table SDD Delay Time"
** ** 05 4F#- 03 17
** ** 05 5000 00 00 00 0100 - 64SDD:Feedback0 - 100
** ** 05 5100 00 00 00 0100 - 78SDD:Effect Level0 - 120
** ** 05 5200 00 00 00 0100 - 02HU :Mode00 : Picking
01 : Auto
02 : Random
** ** 05 5300 00 00 00 0100 - 04HU :Vowel 100 : 'a' Mode = Picking, Auto
01 : 'e'
02 : 'i'
03 : 'o'
04 : 'u'
** ** 05 5400 00 00 00 0100 - 04HU :Vowel 200 : 'a' Mode = Picking, Auto
01 : 'e'
02 : 'i'
03 : 'o'
04 : 'u'
** ** 05 5500 00 00 00 0100 - 64HU :Sensitivity0 - 100
Mode = Picking, Auto
01 : 'e'
02 : 'i'
03 : 'o'
04 : 'u'
** ** 05 5600 00 00 00 0100 - 71AR :Pname Sensitivity*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 5B00 00 00 00 0100 - 71SL :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*(1)
*(2)
*(3)
*(4)
** ** 05 5C00 00 00 00 0100 - 64AR :Pname Shift*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*Refer to "Table Rate"
*(1)
*(2)
*(3)
SYN:Octave Shift*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6A00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:PWM Rate*Refer to "Square
*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6B00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:PWM Depth*Refer to "Square
*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6C00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Cutoff Frequency*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6D00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Resolution*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:FLT.Sensitivity*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 6F00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:FLT.Decay*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7000 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:FLT.Depth*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7100 00 00 00 0100 - 65SYN:Attack*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7200 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Release*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7300 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Velocity*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7400 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Hold*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7500 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Synth Level*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7600 00 00 00 0100 - 64SYN:Direct Level*Refer to "Square
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7700 00 00 00 0100 - 64BS :Character*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7800 00 00 00 0100 - 64BS :Level*Refer to "Square, Saw
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7900 00 00 00 0100 - 28SEQ:Low EQ-20dB - +20dB
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7A00 00 00 00 0100 - 18SEQ:Low-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7C00 00 00 00 0100 - 28SEQ:Low-Middle EQ-20dB - +20dB
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7D00 00 00 00 0100 - 18SEQ:High-Middle Frequency*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Frequency"
*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
** ** 05 7E00 00 00 00 0100 - 64SEQ:High-Middle Q*Refer to "Table EQ Middle Q"
(1)
(2)
(3)
** ** 06 0000 00 00 0100 - 28SEQ:High EQ-20dB - +20dB
** ** 06 0100 00 00 0100 - 28SEQ:Level-20dB - +20dB
---- DELAY ----
** ** 07 0000 00 00 0100 - 01DD :On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 07 0100 00 00 0100 - 02DD :Type00 : Single
01 : Pan
02 : Stereo
** ** 07 0200 00 00 0100 - 66DD :DlyTime*Refer to "Table DD Delay Time"
** ** 07 0300 00 00 0100 - 14DD :DlyTime.F0 - 20ms
** ** 07 0400 00 00 0100 - 64DD :Tap Time0% - 100% Type = Pan
** ** 07 0500 00 00 0100 - 64DD :Feedback0 - 100
** ** 07 0600 00 00 0100 - 09DD :High Cut Filter*Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 07 0700 00 00 0100 - 78DD :Effect Level0 - 120
---- CHORUS ----
** ** 08 0000 00 00 0100 - 01CE :On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 08 0100 00 00 0100 - 02CE :Mode00 : Mono
01 : Stereol
02 : Stereo2
** ** 08 0200 00 00 0100 - 71CE :Rate*Refer to "Table Rate"
** ** 08 0300 00 00 0100 - 64CE :Depth0 - 100
** ** 08 0400 00 00 0100 - 50CE :Pre Delay0.0ms - 40.0ms(0.5ms step)
** ** 08 0500 00 00 0100 - 0ACE :Low Cut Filter*Refer to "Table Low Cut"
** ** 08 0600 00 00 0100 - 09CE :High Cut Filter*Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 08 0700 00 00 0100 - 64CE :Effect Level0 - 100
---- REVERB ----
** ** 09 0000 00 00 0100 - 01RV :On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 09 0100 00 00 0100 - 04RV :Type*Refer to "Table Reverb Type"
** ** 09 0200 00 00 0100 - 63RV :Reverb Time0.1s - 10.0s(0.1s step)
** ** 09 0300 00 00 0100 - 64RV :Pre Delay0ms - 100ms
** ** 09 0400 00 00 0100 - 0ARV :Low Cut Filter*Refer to "Table Low Cut"
** ** 09 0500 00 00 0100 - 09RV :High Cut Filter*Refer to "Table High Cut"
** ** 09 0600 00 00 0100 - 0ARV :Density0 - 10
** ** 09 0700 00 00 0100 - 64RV :Effect Level0 - 100
---- MASTER ----
** ** 0A 0000 00 00 0100 - 64Patch Level00 : 0
01 : 2
64 : 200
** ** 0A 0100 00 00 0200 00 -Master BPM00 00 : 40
** ** 0A 02#- 01 5200 7F : 167
01 00 : 168
01 52 : 250
** ** 0A 0300 00 00 0100 - 01NS :On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 0A 0400 00 00 0100 - 64NS :Threshold0 - 100
** ** 0A 0500 00 00 0100 - 64NS :Release0 - 100
** ** 0A 0600 00 00 0100 - 64FV : Level0 - 100
---- INPUT SELECT ----
** ** 0B 0000 00 00 0100 - 05Input Select00 : Guitar
01 : Bass
02 : Microphone
03 : USB(Gtr/Mic)
04 : USB(Bass)
05 : AUX
---- EFFECT CHAIN ----
** ** 0C 0000 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 1*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 01#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 2*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 02#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 3*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 03#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 4*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 04#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 5*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 05#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 6*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 06#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 7*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 07#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 8*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 08#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 9*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 09#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 10*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 0A#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 11*Refer to "Table Chain"
** ** 0C 0B#00 00 00 0100 - 0BChain 12*Refer to "Table Chain"
* Rules for exchanging effect positions The same effect cannot be used more than once.
---- NAME ----
** ** 0D 0000 00 00 0120 - 7FName 1*Refer to "Table Name"
** ** 0D 0100 00 00 0120 - 7FName 2*Refer to "Table Name"
:
** ** 0D 0F00 00 00 0120 - 7FName 16*Refer to "Table Name"
---- ASSIGN 1 ----
** ** 0E 0000 00 00 0100 - 01ASSIGN 1:On/Off00 : Off
01 : On
** ** 0E 0100 00 00 02- 01 7FASSIGN 1:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
** ** 0E 02#
** ** 0E 0300 00 00 02xx xx -ASSIGN 1:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
** ** 0E 04#
** ** 0E 0500 00 00 02xx xx -ASSIGN 1:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
** ** 0E 06#
** ** 0E 0700 00 00 0100 - 41ASSIGN 1:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
** ** 0E 0800 00 00 0100 - 01ASSIGN 1:Source Mode00 : Normal
01 : Toggle
** ** 0E 0900 00 00 0100 - 7FASSIGN 1:Source Act.Range Low0 - 127
** ** 0E 0A00 00 00 0100 - 7FASSIGN 1:Source Act.Range High0 - 127
-- ASSIGN 2 --
** ** OF 000000000100-01
** ** OF 01000000020000
** ** OF 02#-017F
** ** OF 0300000002xxxx -
** ** OF 04#-xxxx
** ** OF 0500000002xxxx -
** ** OF 06#-xxxx
** ** OF 070000000100-41
** ** OF 080000000100-01
** ** OF 090000000100-7F
** ** OF 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 3 --
** ** 10 000000000100-01
** ** 10 01000000020000 -
** ** 10 02#-017F
** ** 10 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 10 04#-xxxx
** ** 10 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 10 06#-xxxx
** ** 10 070000000100-41
** ** 10 080000000100-01
** ** 10 090000000100-7F
** ** 10 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 4 --
** ** 11 000000000100-01
** ** 11 01000000020000 -
** ** 11 02#-017F
** ** 11 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 11 04#-xxxx
** ** 11 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 11 06#-xxxx
** ** 11 070000000100-41
** ** 11 080000000100-01
** ** 11 090000000100-7F
** ** 11 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 5 --
** ** 12 000000000100-01
** ** 12 01000000020000 -
** ** 12 02#-017F
** ** 12 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 12 04#-xxxx
** ** 12 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 12 06#-xxxx
** ** 12 070000000100-41
** ** 12 080000000100-01
** ** 12 090000000100-7F
** ** 12 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 6 --
** ** 13 000000000100-01
** ** 13 01000000020000 -
** ** 13 02#-017F
** ** 13 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 13 04#-xxxx
** ** 13 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 13 06#-xxxx
** ** 13 070000000100-41
** ** 13 080000000100-01
** ** 13 090000000100-7F
** ** 13 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 7 --
** ** 14 000000000100-01
** ** 14 01000000020000 -
** ** 14 02#-017F
** ** 14 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 14 04#-xxxx
** ** 14 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 14 06#-xxxx
** ** 14 070000000100-41
** ** 14 080000000100-01
** ** 14 090000000100-7F
** ** 14 0A0000000100-7F
-- ASSIGN 8 --
** ** 15 000000000100-01
** ** 15 01000000020000 -
** ** 15 02#-017F
** ** 15 0300000002xxxx -
** ** 15 04#-xxxx
** ** 15 0500000002xxxx -
** ** 15 06#-xxxx
** ** 15 070000000100-41
** ** 15 080000000100-01
** ** 15 090000000100-7F
** ** 15 0A0000000100-7F
ASSIGN 2:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 2:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 2:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 2:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 2:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 2:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 2:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 2:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 3:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 3:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 3:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 3:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 3:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 3:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 3:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 3:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 4:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 4:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 4:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 4:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 4:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 4:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 4:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 4:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 5:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 5:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 5:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 5:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 5:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 5:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 5:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 5:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 6:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 6:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 6:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 6:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 6:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 6:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 6:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 6:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 7:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 7:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 7:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 7:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 7:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 7:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 7:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 7:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127
ASSIGN 8:On/Off00 : Off 01 : On
ASSIGN 8:Target*Refer to "Table Target"
ASSIGN 8:Target Min[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 8:Target Max[Target Param Min <= Data <= Target Param Max]
ASSIGN 8:Source*Refer to "Table Source"
ASSIGN 8:Source Mode00 : Normal 01 : Toggle
ASSIGN 8:Source Act.Range Low 0 - 127
ASSIGN 8:Source Act.Range High 0 - 127

Table Patch Change

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- PatchChange ---
0A 00 00 0000 00 00 0200 00 -Patch No.00 00 : U001
0A 00 00 01#- 01 47:
01 47 : P200

Table Patch Write

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- PatchWrite ---
0A 01 00 0000 00 00 0200 00 -Patch No.00 00 : U001
0A 01 00 01#- 00 63用户的area):
00 63 : U100

Table Current Patch

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- CurrentPatch ---
0A 02 00 0000 00 00 0200 00 -Patch No.00 00 : U001
0A 02 00 01#- 01 47:
01 47 : P200

Table Patch Initialize

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- PatchInitialize ---
0A 03 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 01Patch00 : none
Initialize01 : Patch Initialize

Table AMP Ch Copy
Table Quick Fx Number

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- AMPChCopy ---
0A 04 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 02AMP Ch Copy00 : A ch 01 : B ch 02 : C ch
Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- QuickSelect ---
0B00000000000100- **FX-1 Quick Fx Number00 : temp
01 : P01
02 : P02
:
0B00010000000100- **COMP Quick Fx Number
0B00020000000100- **OD/DS Quick Fx Number
0B00030000000100- **PRE Quick Fx Number
0B00040000000100- **EQ Quick Fx Number
0B00050000000100- **FX-2 Quick Fx Number
0B00060000000100- **DELAY Quick Fx Number
0B00070000000100- **CHORUS Quick Fx Number
0B00080000000100- **REVERB Quick Fx Number
0B00090000000100- **ASSIGN1 Quick Fx Number
0B000A0000000100- **ASSIGN2 Quick Fx Number
0B000B0000000100- **ASSIGN3 Quick Fx Number
0B000C0000000100- **ASSIGN4 Quick Fx Number
0B000D0000000100- **ASSIGN5 Quick Fx Number
0B000E0000000100- **ASSIGN6 Quick Fx Number
0B000F0000000100- **ASSIGN7 Quick Fx Number
0B00100000000100- **ASSIGN8 Quick Fx Number

Table Quick Fx Count

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- QuickSelect ---
0B 01 00 0000 00 00 0100 - **FX-1 Quick Fx Count
0B 01 01 0000 00 00 0100 - **COMP Quick Fx Count
0B 01 02 0000 00 00 0100 - **OD/DS Quick Fx Count
0B 01 03 0000 00 00 0100 - **PRE Quick Fx Count
0B 01 04 0000 00 00 0100 - **EQ Quick Fx Count
0B 01 05 0000 00 00 0100 - **FX-2 Quick Fx Count
0B 01 06 0000 00 00 0100 - **DELAY Quick Fx Count
0B 01 07 0000 00 00 0100 - **CHORUS Quick Fx Count
0B 01 08 0000 00 00 0100 - **REVERB Quick Fx Count
0B 01 09 0000 00 00 0100 - **ASSSIGN Quick Fx Count

Table TUNER/METER

Address(H)Size(H)Data(H)ParameterDescription
--- TUNER/METER Mode ---
0C 00 00 0000 00 00 0100 - 02Mode00 : exit
01 : tuner mode ON
02 : meter mode ON
0C 00 00 0100 00 00 0200 ** - 0C **TUNER NoteC,C#,D,D#,E,F,F#,G,G#,A,A#,B,NO SIGNAL
↓ ↓
0C 00 00 02#** 00 - ** 7FTUNER Cent00 : NO SIGNAL
40 : 0
7f : +63
0C 00 00 0300 00 00 0200 ** - 30 **METER peak data00 - 30
↓ ↓
0C 00 00 04#** 00 - ** 30METER data00 - 30

Table Quick Fx Target

Data(H)Description00000700HR :HR1 Feedback
00000701HR :HR1 Level
00000702HR :HR2 Harmony
00 00 00 00FX1:On/Off00000703HR :HR2 Pre Delay
00 00 00 01FX1:FX Select00000704HR :HR2 Level
00 00 00 02PW :Type00000705HR :Key
00 00 00 03PW :Pdl Position00000706HR :Direct Level
00 00 00 04PW :Level00000707PS :Voice
00 00 00 05AW :Mode00000708PS :PS1 Mode
00 00 00 06AW :Polarity00000709PS :PS1 Pitch
00 00 00 07AW :Sensitivity0000070APS :PS1 Fine
00 00 00 08AW :Frequency0000070BPS :PS1 Pre Delay
00 00 00 09AW :Peak0000070CPS :PS1 Feedback
00 00 00 0AAW :Rate0000070DPS :PS1 Level
00 00 00 0BAW :Depth0000070EPS :PS2 Mode
00 00 00 0CAW :Level0000070FPS :PS2 Pitch
00 00 00 0DTM :Type00000800PS :PS2 Fine
00 00 00 0ETM :Low00000801PS :PS2 Pre Delay
00 00 00 0FTM :High00000802PS :PS2 Level
00 00 01 00TM :Level00000803PS :Direct Level
00 00 01 01ACS :Type00000804OC :Range
00 00 01 02ACS :Sustain00000805OC :Octave Level
00 00 01 03ACS :Attack00000806OC :Direct Level
00 00 01 04ACS :Tone00000807PB :Pitch Mix
00 00 01 05ACS :Level00000808PB :Pitch Max
00 00 01 06LM :Type00000809PB :Pdl Position
00 00 01 07LM :Attack0000080APB :Effect Level
00 00 01 08LM :Threshold0000080BPB :Direct Level
00 00 01 09LM :Ratio0000080C2CE:Xover Frequency
00 00 01 10LM :Release0000080D2CE:Low Rate
00 00 01 11LM :Level0000080E2CE:Low Depth
00 00 01 12ENH :Sensitivity0000080F2CE:Low Pre Delay
00 00 01 13ENH :Frequency0000090G2CE:Low Level
00 00 01 14ENH :Mix Level000009012CE:High Rate
00 00 01 15SG :Sensitivity000009022CE:High Depth
00 00 02 00SG :Rise Time000009032CE:High Pre Delay
00 00 02 01TR :Wave Shape000009042CE:High Level
00 00 02 02TR :Rate00000905PAN:Wave Shape
00 00 02 03TR :Depth00000906PAN:Rate
00 00 02 04DP :Tone00000907PAN:Depth
00 00 02 05DP :Sensitivity00000908VB :Rate
00 00 02 06DP :Attack00000909VB :Trigger
00 00 02 07DP :Depth0000090AVB :Rise Time
00 00 02 08DP :Resonance0000090BUV :Rate
00 00 02 09DP :Effect Level0000090CUV :Depth
00 00 02 11RM :Mode0000090EUV :Level
00 00 02 12RM :Frequency0000090FRT :Speed Select
00 00 02 13RM :Effect Level00000A00RT :Rate(Slow)
00 00 02 14RM :Direct Level00000A01RT :Rate(Fast)
00 00 02 15FB :Mode00000A02RT :Rise Time
00 00 03 11FB :Rise Time00000A03RT :Fall Time
00 00 03 12FB :Rise Time(Af)00000A04RT :Depth
00 00 03 13FB :F-B-Level00000A05SDD:Delay Time
00 00 03 14FB :F-B-Level(Af)00000A06SDD:Feedback
00 00 03 15FB :Vibrato Rate00000A07SDD:Effect Level
00 00 03 16FB :Vibrato Dept00000A08HU :Mode
00 00 03 17CS :On/Off00000A09HU :Vowel 1
00 00 03 18CS :Sustain00000A0AHU :Vowel 2
00 00 03 19OD :On/Off00000A0CHU :Rate
00 00 03 20OD :Type00000A0DHU :Depth
00 00 03 21OD :Drive00000A0EHU :Manual
00 00 03 22OD :Bass00000A0FHU :Level
00 00 03 23OD :Treble00000B0BSL :Pattern
00 00 03 24OD :Effect Level00000B01SL :Rate
00 00 03 25OD :Direct Level00000B02SL :Trigger Sensitivity
00 00 04 21PRE/SP:On/Off00000B03AR :Phrase
00 00 04 22PRE/SP:Channel Select00000B04AR :Loop
00 00 04 23PRE/SP:Type00000B05AR :Tempo
00 00 04 24PRE/SP:Gain00000B06AR :Sensitivity
00 00 04 25PRE/SP:Bass00000B07AR :Key
00 00 04 26PRE/SP:Treble00000B09AR :Hold
00 00 04 27PRE/SP:Presence00000B0AAR :Effect Level
00 00 04 28PRE/SP:Amp Level00000B0BAR :Direct Level
00 00 04 29PRE/SP:Bright00000BOCSYN:Sensitivity
00 00 04 30PRE/SP:Gain SW00000BODSYN:Wave
00 00 04 31PRE/SP:Speaker Type00000BOESYN:Chromatic
00 00 04 32PRE/SP:Mic Type00000BOFSYN:Octave Shift
00 00 04 33PRE/SP:Mid Distance0000OCOCSYN:PWM Rate
00 00 04 34PRE/SP:Mic Position0000OCOCSYN:PWM Depth
00 00 04 35PRE/SP:Mic Level0000OCOCSYN:Cutoff Frequency
00 00 05 36PRE/SP:Direct Level0000OCOCSYN:Resonance
00 00 05 37EQ :On/Off0000OCOCSYN:FLT.Sensitivity
00 00 05 38EQ :Low EQ0000OCOCSYN:FLT.Decay
00 00 05 39EQ :Low-Middle Frequency0000OCOCSYN:FLT.Ind
00 00 05 40EQ :Low-Middle Q0000OCOCSYN:Attack
00 00 05 41EQ :Low-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Release
00 00 05 42EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Velocity
00 00 05 43EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 44EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 45EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 46EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 47EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 48EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 49EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 50EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 51EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 52EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 53EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 54EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 55EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 56EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 57EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 58EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 59EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 60EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 61EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
00 00 05 62EQ :High-Middle EQ0000OCOCSYN:Over
0000OE01CE :Mode
0000OE02CE :Rate
0000OE03CE :Depth
0000OE04CE :Pre Delay
0000OE05CE :Low Cut Filter
0000OE06CE :High Cut Filter
0000OE07CE :Effect Level
0000OE08RV :On/Off
0000OE09RV :Type
0000OE0ARV :Reverb Time
0000OE0BRV :Pre Delay
0000OE0CRV :Low Cut Filter
0000OE0DRV :High Cut Filter
0000OE0ERV :Density
0000OE0FRV :Effect Level
0000OF00NS :On/Off
0000OF01NS :Threshold
0000OF02NS :Release
0000OF03FV : Level
0000OF04Patch Level
0000OF05Master BPM
0000OF06TUNER On/Off
0000OF07Master BPM(Tap)
0000OF08Delay Time(Tap)
0000OF09Remote Start/Stop
0000OF0APatch Level Inc1
0000OF0BPatch Level Inc2
0000OF0CPatch Level Dec1
0000OF0DPatch Level Dec2
0000OFOECH Select Inc
0000OFOFCH Select Dec

Table Rate

Data(H)Description
000
::
64100
65whole note
66doted half note
67whole note triplet
68half note
69doted quarter note
6Ahalf note triplet
6Bquarter note
6Cdoted eighth note
6Dquarter note triplet
6Eeighth note
6Fdoted sixteenth note
70eighth note triplet
71sixteenth note

Table High Cut

Data(H)Description
00700Hz
011.00kHz
021.40kHz
032.00kHz
043.00kHz
054.00kHz
066.00kHz
078.00kHz
0811.0kHz
09Flat

Table Low Cut

Data(H)Description
00FLAT
0155.0Hz
02110Hz
03165Hz
04200Hz
05280Hz
06340Hz
07400Hz
08500Hz
09630Hz
0A800Hz

Table Ratio

Data(H)Description
001:1
011.2:1
021.4:1
031.6:1
041.8:1
052:1
062.3:1
072.6:1
083:1
093.5:1
0A4:1
0B5:1
0C6:1
0D8:1
0E10:1
0F12:1
1020:1
11oo:1

Table ENH Frequency

Data(H)Description
00800Hz
011.00kHz
021.25kHz
031.60kHz
042.00kHz
052.50kHz
063.15kHz
074.00kHz
085.00kHz
096.30kHz
0A8.00kHz
0B10.0kHz

Table OD Type

Data(H)Description
00Blues OD
01Turbo OD
02Booster
03OD-1
04T-Scream
05Natural OD
06Bass OD
07Distortion
08RAT
09GUV DS
0AMild DS
0BSolid DS
0CDST+
0DMetal Zone
0ER-MAN
0FHeavy Metal
10Loud
11Sharp
12Mechanical
13‘60s FUZZ
14Oct FUZZ
15MUFF FUZZ
16Custom1
17Custom2
18Custom3

Table PRE/SP Type

Data(H)Description
00JC-120
01Jazz Combo
02Full Range
03Warm Clean
04Clean TWIN
05Pro Crunch
06Tweed
07Crunch
08Blues
09Wild Crunch
0AVO Drive
0BVO Lead
0CMATCH Drive
0DFat MATCH
0EBG Lead
0FBG Drive
10BG Rhythm
11Smooth Drive
12MS1959(I)
13MS1959(II)
14MS1959(I+II)
15MS HiGain
16Power Stack
17R-FIER Red
18R-FIER Orng
19R-FIER Vint
1AT-Amp Clean
1BT-Amp Crunch
1CT-Amp Lead
1DSLDN
1EDrive Stack
1FLead Stack
205150 Drive
21Metal Stack
22Metal Lead
23CONCERT 810
24SESSION
25BASS 360
26T. E.
27B-MAN
28FLIP TOP
29Bass Clean
2ABass Crunch
2BBass HiGain
2CMic Preamp
2DCustom1
2ECustom2
2FCustom3

Table EQ Middle Frequency

Data(H)Description
0020.0Hz
0125.0Hz
0231.5Hz
0340.0Hz
0450.0Hz
0563.0Hz
0680.0Hz
07100Hz
08125Hz
09160Hz
0A200Hz
0B250Hz
0C315Hz
0D400Hz
0E500Hz
0F630Hz
10800Hz
111.00kHz
121.25kHz
131.60kHz
142.00kHz
152.50kHz
163.15kHz
174.00kHz
185.00kHz
196.30kHz
1A8.00kHz
1B10.0kHz

Table EQ Middle Q

Data(H)Description
000.5
011
022
034
048
0516

Table Pre Delay

   
Data(H)Description
00 000ms
00 011ms
::
00 7F127ms
01 00128ms
::
01 7F255ms
02 00256ms
::
02 2C300ms
02 2Dsixteenth note
02 2Eeighth note triplet
02 2Fdotted sixteenth note
02 30eighth note
02 31quarter note triplet
02 32dotted eighth note
02 33quarter note

Table Step Rate

Data(H)Description
00OFF
010
::
65100
66whole note
67dotted half note
68whole note triplet
69half note
6Adotted quarter note
6Bhalf note triplet
6Cquarter note
6Ddotted eighth note
6Equarter note triplet
6Feighth note
70dotted sixteenth note
71eighth note triplet
72sixteenth note

Table HR Harmony

Data(H)Description
00-2oct
01-14th
02-13th
03-12th
04-11th
05-10th
06-9th
07-1oct
08-7th
09-6th
0A-5th
0B-4th
0C-3rd
0D-2nd
0EUnison
0F+2nd
10+3rd
11+4th
12+5th
13+6th
14+7th
15+1oct
16+9th
17+10th
18+11th
19+12th
1A+13th
1B+14th
1C+2oct
1DScale 1*Refer to "Table HR Scale"
1EScale 2
1FScale 3
20Scale 4
21Scale 5
22Scale 6
23Scale 7
24Scale 8
25Scale 9
26Scale 10
27Scale 11
28Scale 12
29Scale 13
2AScale 14
2BScale 15
2CScale 16
2DScale 17
2EScale 18
2FScale 19
30Scale 20
31Scale 21
32Scale 22
33Scale 23
34Scale 24
35Scale 25
36Scale 26
37Scale 27
38Scale 28
39Scale 29

Table HR Scale

Data(H)DescriptionData(H)Description
Gt. or MicBass00 000ms
001 (Gt. or Mic)00 011ms
7th string, open to 1st string, 24th fret (Bass)::
00 7F127ms
24th fret LoB, open to HiC, 24th fret01 00128ms
::
012 (Gt. or Mic)01 7F255ms
7th string, open to 1st string, 12th fret (Bass)02 00256ms
::
LoB, open to 1st string, 19th fret02 7F383ms
03 00384ms
023 (Gt. or Mic)::
7th string, open to 1st string, open (Bass)03 10400ms
03 11sixteenth note
LoB, open to 1st string, 9th fret03 12eighth note triplet
03 13doted sixteenth note
034 (Gt. or Mic)03 14eighth note
7th string, open to 4th string, 2nd fret (Bass)03 15quarter note triplet
03 16doted eighth note
LoB, open to 2nd string, 2nd fret03 17quarter note

Table Xover Frequency <2CE: Xover f>

Data(H)DescriptionData(H)Description
00100Hz000ms
01125Hz0120ms
02160Hz::
03200Hz591780ms
04250Hz5Asixteenth note
05315Hz5Beighth note triplet
06400Hz5Cdotted sixteenth note
07500Hz5Deighth note
08630Hz5Equarter note triplet
09800Hz5Fdotted eighth note
0A1.00kHz60quarter note
0B1.25kHz61half note triplet
0C1.60kHz62dotted quarter note
0D2.00kHz63half note
0E2.50kHz64whole note triplet
0F3.15kHz65dotted half note
104.00kHz66whole note

Table Reverb Type

Data(H)Description
00Ambience
01Room
02Hall1
03Hall2
04Plate
Table Chain<Effect Chain>
Data(H)Description
00FX-1
01Compressor
02Overdrive/Distortion
03Preamp/Speaker Simulator
04Equalizer
05FX-2
06Delay
07Chorus
08Reverb
09Noise Suppressor
0AFoot Volume
0BUSB
Table Name<Name Edit>
Data(H)Description
20
21!
22"
23#
24$
25%
26&
27'
28(
29)
2A*
2B+
2C'
2D-
2E.
2F/
300
311
322
333
344
355
366
377
388
399
3A:
3B;
3C<
3D=
3E>
3F?
40@
41A
42B
43C
44D
45E
46F
47G
48H
49I
4AJ
4BK
4CL
4DM
4EN
4FO
50P
51Q
52R
53S
54T
55U
56V
57W
58X
59Y
5AZ
5B[
5C\
5D]
5E^
5F-
60<
61a
62b
63c
64d
65e
66f
67g
68h
69I
6Aj
6Bk
6Cl
6Dm
6En
6Fo
70p
71q
72r
73s
74t
75u
76v
77w
78x
79y
7Az
7B{
7C}
7D}
Data(H)Description
00 00FX1:On/Off
00 01FX1:FX Select
00 02PW :Type
00 03PW :Pdl Position
00 04PW :Level
00 05AW :Mode
00 06AW :Polarity
00 07AW :Sensitivity
00 08AW :Frequency
00 09AW :Peak
00 0AAW :Rate
00 0BAW :Depth
00 0CAW :Level
00 0DTM :Type
00 0ETM :Low
00 0FTM :High
00 10TM :Level
00 11ACS :Type
00 12ACS :Sustain
00 13ACS :Attack
00 14ACS :Tone
00 15ACS :Level
00 16LM :Type
00 17LM :Attack
00 18LM :Threshold
00 19LM :Ratio
00 1ALM :Release
00 1BLM :Level
00 1CENH :Sensitivity
00 1DENH :Frequency
00 1EENH :Mix Level
00 1FSG :Sensitivity
00 20SG :Rise Time
00 21TR :Wave Shape
00 22TR :Rate
00 23TR :Depth
00 24DF :Tone
00 25DF :Sensitivity
00 26DF :Attack
00 27DF :Depth
00 28DF :Resonance
00 29DF :Effect Level
00 2ADF :Direct Level
00 2BRM :Mode
00 2CRM :Frequency
00 2DRM :Effect Level
00 2ERM :Direct Level
00 2FFB :Mode
00 30FB :Rise Time
00 31FB :Rise Time(Âf)
00 32FB :F.B.Level
00 33FB :F.B.Level(Âf)
00 34FB :Vibrato Rate
00 35FB :Vibrato Dept
00 36CS :On/Off
00 37CS :Sustain
00 38CS :Level
00 39OD :On/Off
00 3AOD :Type
00 3BOD :Drive
00 3COD :Bass
00 3DOD :Treble
00 3EOD :Effect Level
00 3FOD :Direct Level
00 40PRE/SP :On/Off
00 41PRE/SP :Channel Select
00 42PRE/SP :Type
00 43PRE/SP :Gain
00 44PRE/SP :Bass
00 45PRE/SP :Middle
00 46PRE/SP :Treble
00 47PRE/SP :Presence
00 48PRE/SP :Amp Level
00 49PRE/SP :Bright
00 4APRE/SP :Gain SW
00 4BPRE/SP :Speaker Type
00 4CPRE/SP :Mic Type
00 4DPRE/SP :Mic Distance
00 4EPRE/SP :Mic Position
00 4FPRE/SP :Mic Level
00 50PRE/SP :Direct Level
00 51EQ :On/Off
00 52EQ :Low EQ
00 53EQ :Low-Middle Frequency
00 54EQ :Low-Middle Q
00 55EQ :Low-Middle EQ
00 56EQ :High-Middle Frequency
00 57EQ :High-Middle Q
00 58EQ :High-Middle EQ
00 59EQ :High EQ
00 5AEQ :Level
00 5BFX2 :On/Off
00 5CFX2 :FX Select
00 5DPH :Type
00 5EPH :Rate
00 5FPH :Depth
00 60PH :Manual
00 61PH :Resonance
00 62PH :Step Rate
00 63PH :Effect Level
00 64PH :Direct Level
00 65FL :Rate
00 66FL :Depth
00 67FL :Manual
00 68FL :Resonance
00 69FL :Separation
00 6AFL :Low Cut Filter
00 6BFL :Effect Level
00 6CFL :Direct Level
00 6DHR :Voice
006EHR :HR1 Harmony
006FHR :HR1 Pre Delay
0070HR :HR1 Feedback
0071HR :HR1 Level
0072HR :HR2 Harmony
0073HR :HR2 Pre Delay
0074HR :HR2 Level
0075HR :Key
0076HR :Direct Level
0077PS :Voice
0078PS :PS1 Mode
0079PS :PS1 Pitch
007APS :PS1 Fine
007BPS :PS1 Pre Delay
007CPS :PS1 Feedback
007DPS :PS1 Level
007EPS :PS2 Mode
007FPS :PS2 Pitch
0100PS :PS2 Fine
0101PS :PS2 Pre Delay
0102PS :PS2 Level
0103PS :Direct Level
0104OC :Range
0105OC :Octave Level
0106OC :Direct Level
0107PB :Pitch Min
0108PB :Pitch Max
0109PB :Pd1 Position
010APB :Effect Level
010BPB :Direct Level
010C2CE:Xover Frequency
010D2CE:Low Rate
010E2CE:Low Depth
010F2CE:Low Pre Delay
01102CE:Low Level
01112CE:High Rate
01122CE:High Depth
01132CE:High Pre Delay
01142CE:High Level
0115PAN:Wave Shape
0116PAN:Rate
0117PAN:Depth
0118VB :Rate
0119VB :Depth
011AVB :Trigger
011BVB :Rise Time
011CUV :Rate
011DUV :Depth
011EUV :Level
011FRT :Speed Select
0120RT :Rate(Slow)
0121RT :Rate(Fast)
0122RT :Rise Time
0123RT :Fall Time
0124RT :Depth
0125SDD:Delay Time
0126SDD:Feedback
0127SDD:Effect Level
0128HU :Mode
0129HU :Vowel 1
012AHU :Vowel 2
012BHU :Sensitivity
012CHU :Rate
012DHU :Depth
012EHU :Manual
012FHU :Level
0130SL :Pattern
0131SL :Rate
0132SL :Trigger Sensitivity
0133AR :Phrase
0134AR :Loop
0135AR :Tempo
0136AR :Sensitivity
0137AR :Key
0138AR :Attack
0139AR :Hold
013AAR :Effect Level
013BAR :Direct Level
013CSYN: Sensitivity
013DSYN:Wave
013ESYN:Chromatic
013FSYN:Octave Shift
0140SYN:PWM Rate
0141SYN:PWM Depth
0142SYN:Cutoff Frequency
0143SYN:Resonance
0144SYN:FLT.Sensitivity
0145SYN:FLT.Decay
0146SYN:FLT.Depth
0147SYN:Attack
0148SYN:Release
0149SYN:Velocity
014ASYN:Hold
014BSYN:Synth Level
014CSYN:Direct Level
014DBS :Character
014EBS :Level
014FSEQ:Low EQ
0150SEQ:Low-Middle Frequency
0151SEQ:Low-Middle Q
0152SEQ:Low-Middle EQ
0153SEQ:High-Middle Frequency
0154SEQ:High-Middle Q
0155SEQ:High-Middle EQ
0156SEQ:High EQ
0157SEQ:Level
0158DD :On/Off
0159DD :Type
015ADD :DlyTime
015BDD :DlyTime.F
015CDD :Tap Time
015DDD :Feedback
015EDD :High Cut Filter
015FDD :Effect Level
0160CE :On/Off
01 61CE :Mode
01 62CE :Rate
01 63CE :Depth
01 64CE :Pre Delay
01 65CE :Low Cut Filter
01 66CE :High Cut Filter
01 67CE :Effect Level
01 68RV :On/Off
01 69RV :Type
01 6ARV :Reverb Time
01 6BRV :Pre Delay
01 6CRV :Low Cut Filter
01 6DRV :High Cut Filter
01 6ERV :Density
01 6FRV :Effect Level
01 70NS :On/Off
01 71NS :Threshold
01 72NS :Release
01 73FV :Level
01 74Patch Level
01 75Master BPM
01 76TUNER On/Off
01 77Master BPM(Tap)
01 78Delay Time(Tap)
01 79Remote Start/Stop
01 7APatch Level Inc1
01 7BPatch Level Inc2
01 7CPatch Level Dec1
01 7DPatch Level Dec2
01 7ECH Select Inc
01 7FCH Select Dec
Table Source
Description
00EXP PEDAL
01CTL 1
02CTL 2
03MIDI CC# 01
::
21MIDI CC# 31
22MIDI CC# 64
::
41MIDI CC# 95
Table METER Point
Data(H)Description
00Input
01FX-1
02CS
03OD
04PRE
05EQ
06FX-2
07DD
08CE
09RV
0ANS
0BFV
0CUSB
0DOutput

GUITAR EFFECTS SYSTEM with USB AUDIO INTERFACE

Date:Jul.15,2003

Model GS-10

Version: 1.00

MIDI Implementation Chart

Function...TransmittedRecognizedRemarks
Basic ChannelDefault Changed1-16 1-161-16 1-16Memorized
ModeDefault Messages AlteredX X ****OMNI ON/OFF X XMemorized
Note Number :True VoiceX ****X X
VelocityNote ON Note OFFX XX X
After TouchKey's Ch'sX XX X
Pitch BendXX
Control Change0,32 1-31 33-63 64-95O (0-1) O O OO * 1 O * 2 X O * 2Bank Select

Mode 1: OMNI ON, POLY

Mode 2:OMNI ON, MONO

O:Yes

Mode 3:OMNI OFF,POLY

Mode 4: OMNI OFF, MONO

X:No

Specifications

GS-10: Guitar Effects System with USB Audio Interface

Rated Power Output

1.5W + 1.5W

Signal Processing

AD Conversion: 24 bit + AF method

DA Conversion: 24 bit

Digital Out/USB Audio: 24 bit

Sampling Frequency

44.1 kHz

Program Memories

200: 100 (User) + 100 (Preset)

Nominal Input Level

GUITAR/BASS INPUT: -10 dBu

MIC INPUT: -40 dBu (BALANCE)

AUX INPUT L/R: -10 dBu

Input Impedance

GUITAR/BASS INPUT: 1 MΩ

MIC INPUT: 2.2k

AUX INPUT L/R: 33k

Nominal Output Level

OUTPUT L/R: -10 dBu

GUITAR AMP OUT: -10 dBu

Output Impedance

OUTPUT L/R: 1 kΩ

GUITAR AMP OUT: 1.5k

Speaker

Internal Speaker x 2

Digital Output

EIAJ CP1201, S/P DIF

USB

AUDIO IN/OUT: Stereo, 44.1 kHz, 24 bit (Capable of simultaneous recording and playback)

MIDI Control IN/OUT

MIDI IN/OUT

Display

16 characters, 2 lines (backlit LCD)

Connectors

GUITAR/BASS input jack

PHONES jack

MIC INPUT jack (TRS balanced, 1/4 inch phone type)

MIC INPUT connector (XLR balanced)

AUX INPUT jack L/R (RCA Phono type)

OUTPUT jack L/R (RCA Phono type)

GUITAR AMP OUT jack

EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 jack

DIGITAL OUT connector (Coaxial)

USB connector

MIDI connector IN/OUT

AC Adaptor jack

Control

(PREAMP/SPEAKER)

GAIN knob

BASS knob

MIDDLE knob

TREBLE knob

PRESENCE knob

LEVEL knob

On/Off button

CHANNEL SELECT button A/B/C

COMP

SUSTAIN knob

On/Off button

(OD/DS)

DRIVE knob

LEVEL knob

On/Off button

(DELAY)

FEEDBACK knob

LEVEL knob

On/Off button

TAP button

(CHORUS)

LEVEL knob

On/Off button

(REVERB)

LEVEL knob

On/Off button

Appendices

FX-1 button

FX-2 button

EQ button

NAME/NS/MASTER button

ASSIGN button

INPUT SELECT button

QUICK FX button

PARAMETER button L/R

EXIT button

WRITE button

TUNER button

USB button

AC 14 V; Supply AC adaptor (BOSS BRC series)

Current Draw

800mA

Dimensions

AC Adaptor (BRC series)

Read This First (Leaflet)

Owner's Manual

USB cable

GS-10 Software CD-ROM

Cakewalk Music Creator set (CD-ROM, Owner's Manual)

Options

Expression Pedal: EV-5 (Roland)

Foot Switch: FS-5U

Connection Cord: PCS-31 (Roland)

(1/4 inches Phone Plug (stereo) - 1/4 inches Phone Plug (mono) × 2)

  • 0dBu = 0.775Vrms

NOTE

In the interest of product improvement, the specifications and/or appearance of this unit are subject to change without prior notice.

AF Method (Adaptive Focus method)

This is a proprietary method from Roland that vastly improves the signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio of the A/D and D/A converters.

Installing & Setup the USB Driver

In order to use the GS-10 USB, you must first install the USB driver. The USB Driver is included in the "GS-10 SOFTWARE CD-ROM."

What is USB Driver?

The USB Driver is software which passes data between the GS-10 and the application (sequencer software etc.) that is running on the USB-connected computer.

The GS-10 Driver sends data from the application to the GS-10, and passes data from the GS-10 to the application.

The GS-10 can receive and transmit both digital audio signals and MIDI messages.

ROLAND GS-10 - What is USB Driver? - 1

The explanation about installing and setup the driver is organized according to the computer and driver mode that you are using. Please proceed to the following pages.

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows) (p. 126)

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Macintosh) (p. 146)

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows)

Special Driver and Standard Driver

The GS-10 features two operational modes, each of which uses a different type of driver, with one mode using the special driver on the CD-ROM included with the GS-10 and the other mode using the standard Windows driver.

Before installing the drivers, you must first switch the GS-10's driver mode.

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

Special Driver

Special Driver mode allows audio to be recorded/played/edited with high quality and stable timing.

Audio signals can be transferred between the GS-10 and the computer at a resolution of 24 bits and sampling frequencies of 44.1kHz .

And in addition to audio, you can also control the GS-10 using MIDI messages and connect external MIDI devices and computers.

Select this mode if you are using an application that allows high-quality audio recording/playback/ editing, such as an application that supports 24 bit audio (e.g., the Cakewalk series or Cool Edit) or an ASIO-compatible application (e.g., Cubase VST, Logic Audio, or SingerSongWriter).

"Installing the special driver" (p. 127)

Standard Driver

In Standard Driver mode, audio signals are transferred between the GS-10 and the computer at a resolution of 16 bits and sampling frequencies of 44.1kHz .

Select this mode if you are using an application that uses Window's own functionality, such as an application that uses the computer's CD-ROM drive to play back CD-audio, or an application that uses the software synthesizer included with Windows.

"Installing the OS-standard driver" (p. 136)

  • If you want to use MIDI, use special driver mode.
  • The standard driver included with Windows does not support ASIO.

Installing the special driver

The installation procedure will differ depending on your system.

Please proceed to one of the following sections, depending on the system you use.

  • Windows XP/2000 users............(p. 127)
  • Windows Me/98 users ..... (p. 135)

Windows XP/2000 users

Windows XP

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.
    Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).
  2. Open "Control Panel" from the Windows Start menu, then open the "System Properties" dialog.
  3. Click "Hardware" tab, and then click [Driver Signing].

Open the "Driver Signing Options" dialog box.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows XP - 1

  1. Make sure that "What action do you want Windows to take?" is set to "Ignore".
    If currently set to "Warn" or "Block," set it to "Ignore" here, then after installing the driver, restore the original setting.
  2. Click [OK] to close the "System Properties" dialog box.
  3. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
  2. Click the Windows start button. From the menu that appears, select "Run...".

Open the "Run..." dialog box.

NOTE

If you are using Windows XP Professional, you must log on using a user name with an administrative account type (e.g., Administrator).

MEMO

Depending on how your system is set up, the System icon may be displayed directly in the Control Panel (the Classic display). In this case, double-click the System icon.

  1. In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK].

D:\DRIVER\USB_XP2k\SETUPINF.EXE

  • The drive name "D:" may be different for your system. Specify the drive name of your CD-ROM drive.

ROLAND GS-10 - MEMO - 1

The "SetupInf" dialog box will appear, with "Ready to install the driver" appearing in the box.

ROLAND GS-10 - MEMO - 2

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Advanced." For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).
  2. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  3. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

The "Found New Hardware Wizard" will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - MEMO - 3

  1. Make sure that the screen indicates "BOSS GS-10", select "Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)", and click [Next].

The screen will indicate "Please choose your search and installation options".

MEMO

In this manual, the location of folders and files is given in terms of the file path, using \ as the delimiter. For example, WinXP_2k\SETUPINF.EXE indicates the SETUPINF.EXE file found in the WinXP_2k folder.

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

NOTE

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

ROLAND GS-10 - NOTE - 1

  1. Select "Don't search. I will choose the driver to install", and click [Next].

ROLAND GS-10 - NOTE - 2

  1. Make sure that the "Model" field indicates "BOSS GS-10", and click [Next].

Driver installation will begin.

If the "What action do you want Windows to take?" setting in step 4 was not set to "Ignore", a "Hardware Installation" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - NOTE - 3

If the [Continue Anyway] button appears, click the [Continue Anyway] button to continue with the installation.

If you are unable to continue, click [STOP Installation] or [OK] to begin the driver installation over again from Step 1.

The Insert Disk dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - NOTE - 4

  1. Click [OK].

The "Files Needed" dialog box will appear.

MEMO

The Insert Disk dialog may not appear. In that case, proceed to step 17.

17. Input the following into the "Copy files from" field, and click [OK]. D:\DRIVER\USB_XP2k

  • The drive name "D:" may be different for your system. Specify the drive name of your CD-ROM drive.

ROLAND GS-10 - Input the following into the "Copy files from" field, and click [OK]. D:\DRIVER\USB_XP2k - 1

If the "What action do you want Windows to take?" setting in step 4 was not set to "Ignore", a "Hardware Installation" dialog box will appear.

Hardware Installation

ROLAND GS-10 - Hardware Installation - 1

The software you are installing for this hardware:

BOSS GS-10 MME

has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP. [Tell me why this testing is important.]

Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future. Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing.

Continue Anyway

STOP Installation

If the [Continue Anyway] button appears, click the [Continue Anyway] button to continue with the installation.

The Found New Hardware Wizard will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Hardware Installation - 2

18. Verify that "BOSS GS-10" is displayed, and click [Finish].

Wait until "Found New Hardware" appears near the taskbar.

When driver installation has been completed, the "System Settings Change" dialog box will appear.

19. Click [Yes].

Windows will restart automatically.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

Windows 2000

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Click the Windows Start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Settings | Control Panel." In "Control Panel," double-click the System icon.

The "System Properties" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 2000 - 1

  1. Click the "Hardware" tab, and then click [Driver Signature].

Open the "Driver Signing Options" dialog box.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 2000 - 2

  1. the "File signature verification" is set to "Ignore," and click [OK].

If currently set to "Warn" or "Block," set it to "Ignore" here, then after installing the driver, restore the original setting.

  1. Click [OK] to close the "System Properties" dialog box.

  2. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

  2. Click the Windows start button. From the menu that appears, select "Run...".

Open the "Run..." dialog box.

NOTE

If the GS-10 is already connected to your computer and a message of "Add New Hardware Wizard" is displayed, go to the included CD-ROM folder named DRIVER\USB_XP2k, open the file Readme_e.htm, and read the "Troubleshooting" section entitled "You attempted to install using the above procedure, but were not able to."

NOTE

You must log on using a username with an administrative account type (e.g., Administrator).

9. In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK].

D:\DRIVER\USB_XP2k\SETUPINF.EXE

  • The drive name "D:" may be different for your system. Specify the drive name of your CD-ROM drive.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK]. - 1

The "SetupInf" dialog box will appear, with "Ready to install the driver" appearing in the box.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK]. - 2

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Advanced." For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).
  2. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  3. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

If the "File signature verification" setting in step 4 was not set to "Ignore", a "Digital Signature Not Found" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK]. - 3

If the [Yes] button appears, click the [Yes] button to continue with the installation.

If you are unable to continue, click [No] or [OK] to begin the driver installation over again from Step 1.

The "Insert Disk" dialog box will appear.

MEMO

In this manual, the location of folders and files is given in terms of the file path, using \ as the delimiter. For example, WinXP_2k\SETUPINF.EXE indicates the SETUPINF.EXE file found in the WinXP_2k folder.

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

NOTE

If the Insert Disk dialog box does not appear, please read The "Insert Disk" dialog box does not appear (p. 167)

ROLAND GS-10 - NOTE - 1

13. Click [OK].

The "Files Needed" dialog box will appear.

14. In the Copy files from field, type the folder name that is shown in the dialog box, and click [OK].

D:\DRIVER\USB_XP2k

  • The drive name "D:" may be different for your system. Specify the drive name of your CD-ROM drive.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the Copy files from field, type the folder name that is shown in the dialog box, and click [OK]. - 1

If the "File signature verification" setting in step 4 was not set to "Ignore", a "Digital Signature Not Found" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the Copy files from field, type the folder name that is shown in the dialog box, and click [OK]. - 2

Click [Yes], and continue the installation.

The "Find New Hardware Wizard" may be displayed.

ROLAND GS-10 - In the Copy files from field, type the folder name that is shown in the dialog box, and click [OK]. - 3

15. Verify that "BOSS GS-10" is displayed, and click [Finish].

Driver installation will begin.

When driver installation has been completed, the "System Settings Change" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Verify that "BOSS GS-10" is displayed, and click [Finish]. - 1

16. Click [Yes].

Windows will restart automatically.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

Windows Me/98 users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

  2. Click the Windows start button. From the menu that appears, select "Run...".

Open the "Run..." dialog box.

  1. In the dialog box that appears, input the following into the "Open" field, and click [OK].

D:\DRIVER\USB_ME98\SETUPINF.EXE

  • The drive name "D:" may be different for your system. Specify the drive name of your CD-ROM drive.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows Me/98 users - 1

The "SetupInf" dialog box will appear, with "Ready to install the driver" appearing in the box.

  • If a message prompting you to restart Windows appears, restart Windows in accordance with the message instructions, then proceed to the following step.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows Me/98 users - 2

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Advanced."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.

  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

The driver is installed automatically.

  1. Click [OK].

  2. If a message prompting you to restart Windows appears, restart Windows in accordance with the message instructions.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

NOTE

If the GS-10 is already connected to your computer and a message of "Add New Hardware Wizard" is displayed, go to the included CD-ROM folder named DRIVER\USB_XP2k, open the file Readme_e.htm, and read the "Troubleshooting" section entitled "You attempted to install using the above procedure, but were not able to."

MEMO

In this manual, the location of folders and files is given in terms of the file path, using \ as the delimiter. For example, ME98\SETUPINF.EXE indicates the SETUPINF.EXE file found in the ME98 folder.

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

NOTE

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

Installing the OS-standard driver

The installation procedure will differ depending on your system.

Please proceed to one of the following sections, depending on the system you use.

  • Windows XP/2000 users............(p. 136)
  • Windows Me users............(p. 137)
  • Windows 98 users............(p. 138)

Windows XP/2000 users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Standard."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.

  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

The GS-10 will be detected automatically, and the driver will be installed.

  1. When installation is complete, restart Windows.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

Windows Me users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Standard."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.

  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

Windows will detect the GS-10, and the "Add New Hardware Wizard" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows Me users - 1

  1. Make sure that Automatic search for a better driver (Recommended) is selected, and click [Next].

Driver detection will begin.

When the driver has been found, driver installation will begin.

Once the driver has been installed, a dialog box will inform you of this.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows Me users - 2

  1. Click [Finish].

  2. Restart Windows.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

Windows 98 users

The USB composite device driver is installed first, then the USB audio device driver is installed. Use the following procedure to install the drivers.

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Windows.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Exit all currently running software (applications).

Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Standard."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.

  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

USB composite device will be detected automatically, and the "Add New Hardware Wizard" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 98 users - 1

  1. Click [Next].
  2. When "What do you want Windows to do?" appears, select "Search for the best driver for your device (Recommended) ", and click [Next].

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 98 users - 2

A dialog box like the one shown below will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 98 users - 3

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

8. Check CD-ROM drive, and click [Next].

A dialog box like the one shown below will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Check CD-ROM drive, and click [Next]. - 1

9. Click [Next]

File (driver) copying will begin.

If the Windows CD-ROM is not inserted in the CD-ROM drive, a "Insert Disk" dialog box may appear. In this case, insert the Windows CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and click [OK].

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Next] - 1

When installation of the USB Composite Device driver is completed, a dialog box like the one shown below will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Next] - 2

10. Click [Finish].

Next, the USB audio device will be detected automatically, and the "Add New Hardware Wizard" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Finish]. - 1

11. Click [Next], and proceed with the installation in the same way as in steps 8-10.

When installation of the USB audio device driver is complete, a dialog box like the one shown here will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Next], and proceed with the installation in the same way as in steps 8-10. - 1

12. Click [Finish].

Installation of the USB composite device driver and USB audio device driver has been completed.

13. Restart Windows.

Next, you need to make the driver settings (p. 141).

Driver settings

About the input/output devices

Audio output devices

BOSS GS-10

This sends audio data from the computer to the GS-10. This is the setting you will normally use, such as when using the GS-10 with Media Player. You will also select this setting when using an application such as SONAR in WDM driver mode, or when using a DirectX4 sound application.

MME BOSS GS-10 Out (Windows XP/2000 only)

This sends audio data from the computer to the GS-10. Use this setting if you want to use 24-bit audio with an application that does not have a WDM driver mode or does not support ASIO (such as Cool Edit).

Audio input devices

BOSS GS-10

This receives audio data sent by the GS-10 to the computer. This is the setting you will normally use. You will also select this setting when using an application such as SONAR in WDM driver mode.

MME BOSS GS-10 In (Windows XP/2000 only)

This receives audio data sent by the GS-10 to the computer. Use this setting if you want to use 24-bit audio with an application that does not have a WDM driver mode or does not support ASIO (such as Cool Edit).

ASIO device

If you are using the GS-10 with an ASIO-compatible application such as Cubase, select "BOSS GS-10" as the ASIO setting on your application.

  • To prevent an audio oscillation loop or double monitoring, turn monitoring Off in your application, or use ASIO Direct Monitor.

MIDI output devices

BOSS GS-10 MIDI OUT

This transmits MIDI data from the computer to the GS-10. Transmitted MIDI data is output from the GS-10's MIDI OUT connector.

BOSS GS-10 Control

This transmits MIDI data from the computer to the GS-10. You can control the GS-10's operations using MIDI data.

MIDI input devices

BOSS GS-10 MIDI IN

This accepts MIDI data transmitted from the GS-10 to the computer. MIDI data input to the GS-10's MIDI IN connector is transmitted to the computer.

BOSS GS-10 MIDI Control

This accepts MIDI data transmitted from the GS-10 to the computer. Data for the GS-10's operations and performance data is transmitted to the computer.

- Specifying the audio input/output destination

Windows XP/2000/Me users

1. Open Control Panel.

Windows XP

1) Click the Windows start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Control Panel."

Windows 2000/Me

1) Click the Windows Start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Settings | Control Panel."

2. Open the "Sounds and Audio Devices Properties" dialog box (or in Windows 2000/Me, "Sounds and Multimedia Properties").

Windows XP

1) In "Pick a category", click "Sound, Speech, and Audio Devices."
2) In "or pick a Control Panel icon", click the sounds and Audio Devices icon.

Windows 2000/Me

1) In Control Panel, double-click the Sounds and Multimedia icon to open the "Sounds and Multimedia Properties" dialog box.

3. Click the "Audio" tab.

4. For "Sound playback," "Sound recording," and "MIDI music playback," click the located at the right of [Default device] (or in Windows 2000/Me, [Preferred device]), and select the following from the list that appears.

ROLAND GS-10 - For "Sound playback," "Sound recording," and "MIDI music playback," click the  located at the right of [Default device] (or in Windows 2000/Me, [Preferred device]), and select the following from the list that appears. - 1

Special driver modeStandard driver mode
Sound playbackBOSS GS-10GS-10 (Windows XP), USB Audio Device (Windows 2000/Me)
Sound recordingBOSS GS-10GS-10 (Windows XP), USB Audio Device (Windows 2000/Me)
MIDI music playbackBOSS GS-10 MIDI OUTMIDI cannot be handled when using Standard Driver mode. (“MIDI in Standard Driver Mode” (p. 80))

5. Click [OK] to close the "Sounds and Audio Devices Properties" dialog box.

This concludes the procedure for setting the input and output destinations.

Next, set the Windows "Volume Control" (p. 144).

MEMO

Depending on how your system is set up, the "Sounds and Audio Devices" icon may be displayed directly in the Control Panel (the Classic view). In this case, double-click the "Sounds and Audio Devices" icon.

MEMO

If the Sound and Multimedia icon is not displayed, click "Show all control panel options" in the frame at the left.

Windows 98 users

  1. Click the Windows Start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Settings | Control Panel."
    The "Control Panel" will appear.
  2. In Control Panel, double-click the "Multimedia" icon.
  3. Click the "Audio" tab.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 98 users - 1

  1. Specify the "Preferred device."

Click the Playback field and Recording field, make the following selections from the list that appears, and click [Apply].

Special driver modeStandard driver mode
PlaybackBOSS GS-10USB Audio Device
RecordingBOSS GS-10USB Audio Device
  1. Click the MIDI tab.

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows 98 users - 2

  1. Set "MIDI output."

Select [Single instrument], and choose one of the following from the list that appears, and click [Apply].

Special driver modeStandard driver mode
MIDI sound playbackBOSS GS-10 MIDI OUTMIDI cannot be handled when using Standard Driver mode. (“MIDI in Standard Driver Mode” (p. 80))
  1. Click [OK] to close the Multimedia Properties dialog box.

This concludes the procedure for setting the input and output destinations.

Next, set the Windows "Volume Control" (p. 144).

Volume Control setting

  1. Click the Windows Start button, and select "Programs | Accessories | Entertainment | Volume Control."

The "Volume Control" dialog box will apper.

ROLAND GS-10 - Volume Control setting - 1

2. Raise or lower the slider to adjust the volume of the GS-10.

The GS-10 can use the Windows "volume control" to adjust the output volume.

Items that can be set

CD Player (CD Audio)Controls the volume of “audio CDs” on the internal CD-ROM drive of the computer. (*1)
WAVEControls the volume of sound output from the “BOSS GS-10” audio output device. Digital output and analog output will change.
Synthesizer SW SynthControls the volume of the software synthesizer built into Windows.

*1 If the CD playback volume does not change when you adjust this control, then change the WAVE volume.

If you are using Windows 2000 and the CD Player is not displayed, check "Enable digital music CDs for this CD playback device" in Digital CD Playback.

"When playing audio CDs from the computer's internal CD-ROM drive, or using the GS-10 to play game music" (p. 145)

MEMO

If the Volume Control is not installed on your computer, use the Control Panel icon Add or Remove Programs to install it. For details on installation, refer to the Windows manual or Help.

When playing audio CDs from the computer's internal CD-ROM drive, or using the GS-10 to play game music

Windows XP/2000 users:

  1. Open the "System Properties" dialog box.
    Windows XP- Click the Windows start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Control Panel."
    Windows 2000- Select "Start | Settings | Control Panel," and in the "Control Panel," double-click the System icon.
  2. Click the "Hardware" tab, and click the "Device Manager" button.
    The "Device Manager" dialog box will appear.
  3. In CD-ROM drive, double-click the CD-ROM drive that you are using.
    The CD-ROM drive's "Properties" dialog box will appear.
  4. Click the "Properties" tab, then in "Digital CD Playback," check the "Enable digital CD audio for this CD-ROM device" item.

Windows Me users:

  1. Select "Start | Settings | Control Panel," and in "Control Panel," double-click the System icon.
    The "System Properties" dialog box will appear.
  2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon, and then double-click the CD-ROM drive that you are using.
    The CD-ROM drive's "Properties" dialog box will appear.
  3. Click the "Properties" tab, then in "Digital CD Playback," check the "Enable digital CD audio for this CD-ROM device" item.

Windows 98 users:

  1. Select "Start | Settings | Control Panel," and in "Control Panel," double-click the Multimedia icon.

The "Multimedia Properties" dialog box will appear.

  1. Click the "Music CD" tab, and check the "Enable digital CD audio for this CD-ROM device" item.

  2. Depending on your system, playback may still not be possible. For details, please contact the manufacturer of your computer. If you are using a PC-card (PCMCIA) type CD-ROM drive, playing back WAVE data from a CD-ROM or playing an audio CD may cause interrupted sound, or possibly no sound at all.

Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Macintosh)

Special Driver and Standard Driver

The GS-10 features two operational modes, each of which uses a different type of driver, with one mode using the special driver on the CD-ROM included with the GS-10 and the other mode using the standard Mac OS driver.

Before installing the drivers, you must first switch the GS-10's driver mode.

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

Special Driver

In Special Driver mode, allowing audio to be recorded/played/edited with high quality and stable timing.

Audio signals can be transferred between the GS-10 and the computer at a resolution of 24 bits and sampling frequencies of 44.1kHz .

And in addition to audio, you can also control the GS-10 using MIDI messages and connect external MIDI devices and computers.

Select this mode if you are using an application that allows high-quality audio recording/playback/ editing, such as an application that supports 24 bit audio or an ASIO-compatible application (e.g., Cubase VST, Logic Audio, or Metro).

"Installing the special driver" (p. 146)

Standard Driver

In Standard Driver mode, audio signals are transferred between the GS-10 and the computer at a resolution of 16 bits and sampling frequencies of 44.1kHz .

Select this mode if you are using an application that uses Mac OS's own functionality, such as an application that uses the computer's CD-ROM drive to play back CD-audio, or an application that uses the software synthesizer included with Mac OS.

"Installing the OS-standard driver" (p. 157)

  • If you want to use MIDI, use special driver mode.

Installing the special driver

The installation procedure will differ depending on your system.

Please proceed to one of the following sections, depending on the system you use.

Mac OS 9/8 users... (p. 146)
Mac OS X users. (p. 155)

Mac OS 9/8 users

If using the unit in the Special driver mode, use either OMS or FreeMIDI as the MIDI driver.

The included GS-10 driver is an add-on module for using the GS-10 with OMS or FreeMIDI.

  • Either OMS or FreeMIDI must be installed in your Macintosh, as appropriate for the sequencer software you are using.

MEMO

OMS can be found in the OMS 2.3.8 E folder of the CD-ROM. If you would like to learn more about OMS, refer to

OMS_2.3_Mac.pdf in the OMS 2.3.8E folder of the CD-ROM. In order to read

"OMS_2.3_Mac.pdf," you will need the Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Disconnect the GS-10 from the Macintosh before you perform the installation.

If the power of the GS-10 is turned on, a message like the following will appear when the Macintosh is started up. Perform the steps described below as appropriate for the message that is displayed.

If the screen indicates:

"Driver required for USB device `unknown device' is not available. Search for driver on the Internet?"

Click [Cancel].

If the screen indicates:

"Software required for using device `unknown device' cannot be found. Please refer to the manual included with the device, and install the necessary software."

Click [Cancel].

Use the following procedure to install the GS-10 driver.

  1. Exit all currently running software (applications).
    If you are using a virus checker or similar software, be sure to exit this as well.
  2. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
  3. Double-click the "GS-10 Driver-E Installer" icon (found in the Driver E (Mac OS 9/8) of the CD-ROM) to start up the installer.
  4. Verify the Install Location, and click [Install].

  5. If a message like the following is displayed, click [Continue].

The other currently running applications will exit, and installation will continue.

ROLAND GS-10 - Disconnect the GS-10 from the Macintosh before you perform the installation. - 1

This installation requires your computer to restart after installing this software. Click Continue to automatically quit all other running applications. Click Cancel to leave your disks untouched.

Cancel

Continue

A dialog box will indicate Installation completed.

  1. Click [Restart] to restart your Macintosh.

NOTE

The indication for the "Install Location" will differ depending on your system.
Make sure that the startup disk for the system you are using is selected.

OMS settings

If other MIDI devices are connected, you must turn off the power on all devices, and then make OMS settings according to the following procedure.

For more on connecting MIDI sound modules, refer to the owner's manual for the MIDI sound module you are using.

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Advanced."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.
  3. In the "Opcode" folder, open the "OMS Applications" folder, and double-click the "OMS Setup" icon.

ROLAND GS-10 - OMS settings - 1
OMS Setup

  • The first time OMS is started up, a "Create a New Studio Setup" dialog box will appear. Click [OK]. If this is the second or later time, select "New Studio Setup" from the File menu.

ROLAND GS-10 - OMS settings - 2

  • If the "Apple Talk" dialog box appears, select [Turn It Off]. Then click [OK] in the dialog box that appears next.

ROLAND GS-10 - OMS settings - 3

The "OMS Driver Search" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - OMS settings - 4

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

  1. When the search has been completed, verify that the "OMS Driver Setup" dialog box lists the BOSS GS-10, and click [OK].

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Search]. - 1

  • If the dialog box does not show "BOSS GS-10," check whether the GS-10 is connected correctly, and start up OMS Setup once again.

  • Verify that the "OMS MIDI Device Setup" dialog box lists the GS-10. Then click all check boxes from "Port 1" to "Port 2" to check them, and click [OK].

A dialog box will appear, allowing you to save the settings in a file.

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Search]. - 2

  • For other connected MIDI devices as well, add a check mark to the port(s) you want to use. For details on settings, refer to the manual that came with your MIDI device.
  • BOSS/Roland can provide no guarantees or support regarding the operation of MIDI device made by another company. Please contact the manufacturer of your MIDI device.

8. Input the desired file name, and click [Save].

  1. In the Studio Setup window, change the device name indicating the MIDI device connected to the GS-10 as follows.

Click the device name, and you will be able to edit it.

Port 1: GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT

Port 2: GS-10 CONTROL

ROLAND GS-10 - Input the desired file name, and click [Save]. - 1

  1. From the File menu, select "Save."

  2. From the Edit menu, select "OMS MIDI Setup". In the OMS MIDI Setup dialog box that appears, check "Run MIDI in background," and click [OK].

ROLAND GS-10 - Input the desired file name, and click [Save]. - 2

  1. Verify that MIDI transmission and reception occur correctly.

From the Studio menu, choose [Test Studio].

ROLAND GS-10 - Input the desired file name, and click [Save]. - 3

  1. If a MIDI sound module is connected to the GS-10's MIDI OUT connector, click the GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT icon in the Studio Setup window.

If you hear sound, the settings have been made correctly.

ROLAND GS-10 - Input the desired file name, and click [Save]. - 4

  • GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT corresponds to the GS-10's MIDI IN,MIDI OUT. GS-10 CONTROL corresponds to the GS-10's control port.

  • After you have verified this, and exit OMS Setup.

  • Make MIDI device settings on your sequencer software.

For details on settings, refer to the manual that came with your software.

Next, you need to install the ASIO driver (p. 154).

NOTE

If a MIDI sound module is connected to the GS-10, the following step will cause a relatively loud sound to be produced by the sound module, so it is a good idea to turn down the volume on the sound module first.

FreeMIDI settings

If other MIDI devices are connected, you must turn off the power on all devices, and then make FreeMIDI settings according to the following procedure.

For more on connecting MIDI sound modules, refer to the owner's manual for the MIDI sound module you are using.

  1. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Advanced."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.
  3. Open the "FreeMIDI Applications" folder, and double-click the "FreeMIDI Setup" icon.

ROLAND GS-10 - FreeMIDI settings - 1

  • The first time FreeMIDI is started up, a "Welcome to FreeMIDI!" dialog box will appear. Click [Continue]. If this is the second or later time, select "FreeMIDI Preferences" from the File menu.

ROLAND GS-10 - FreeMIDI settings - 2

  • When "OMS is installed on this computer..." appears, click [FreeMIDI].
  • Make sure that "Use OMS when available" is unchecked in the FreeMIDI Preferences dialog box.
    If it is checked, remove the check mark, and restart FreeMIDI.
  • In the FreeMIDI Preferences dialog box, check "GS-10 Port" which is located below GS-10 Driver in MIDI Configuration, and click [OK].

ROLAND GS-10 - FreeMIDI settings - 3

  • If the dialog box does not show "GS-10 Driver," check whether the GS-10 is connected correctly, and start up FreeMIDI Setup once again.

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

The About Quick Setup dialog box will appear.

About Quick Setup

Use Quick Setup to make changes to your FreeMIDI Configuration document easily.

Certain MIDI devices can be detected automatically if the device's MIDI In and MIDI Out Jacks are both connected to an interface. To use this feature, make sure your devices and interfaces are turned on and click the "Auto Config..." button below. Please note that Auto Config may not be able to detect every device in your studio.

Click "Continue..." to begin Quick Setup.

Auto Config.

Continue...

Cancel

  • If the dialog will not appear, select "Quick Setup" from the Configuration menu.

  • Click [Continue].

  • If the dialog box does not show "GS-10 Driver," check whether the GS-10 is connected correctly, and start up FreeMIDI Setup once again.

  • In the dialog box that appears, set "Studio Location:" to "GS-10,GS-10 Port." For the "Cable" field located below it, choose Cable 1 and click [>>Add>>] .

ROLAND GS-10 - About Quick Setup - 1

  1. Repeat step 8 up to Cable 2.
  2. When settings are complete, click [Done].

A setting window will appear.

  1. In the setting window, change the device name indicating the MIDI device connected to the GS-10 as follows.

Click the device name, and you will be able to edit it.

Device 1: GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT

Device 2: GS-10 CONTROL

ROLAND GS-10 - About Quick Setup - 2

  1. From the File menu, select [Save], and save your settings.
  2. Verify that MIDI transmission and reception occur correctly.

From the MIDI menu, choose "Check Connections."

NOTE

If a MIDI sound module is connected to the GS-10, the following step will cause a relatively loud sound to be produced by the sound module, so it is a good idea to turn down the volume on the sound module first.

14. If a MIDI sound module is connected to the GS-10's MIDI OUT connector, click the GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT icon in the setting window.

If you hear sound, the settings have been made correctly.

ROLAND GS-10 - If a MIDI sound module is connected to the GS-10's MIDI OUT connector, click the GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT icon in the setting window. - 1

GS-10 MIDI IN,OUT corresponds to the GS-10's MIDI IN,MIDI OUT. GS-10 CONTROL corresponds to the GS-10's control port

15. After you have verified this, and exit FreeMIDI Setup.

16. Make MIDI device settings on your sequencer software.

For details on settings, refer to the manual that came with your software.

Next, you need to install the ASIO driver (p. 154).

Installing the ASIO driver

You must install the MIDI driver even if you will be using only audio on the GS-10.

  • Be sure to install the MIDI driver before you install the ASIO driver.

This section explains how to install the ASIO driver that allows the GS-10 to be used by your sequencer software or audio editing software.

In Special mode, the GS-10 cannot play back audio data from the Macintosh's sound manager (such as audio CDs and alert sounds).

The ASIO driver of the GS-10 supports the following audio input/output channels.

Audio input 24/16 bit 1 stereo ch. (2 monochs.)
Audio output 24/16 bit 1 stereo ch. (2 monochs.)

Here we will explain how to install the ASIO 1.0 16 bit-compatible driver.

If your ASIO-compatible software supports ASIO 2.0 or recording/playback of 24 bit audio data, using the following drivers will provide a higher quality environment.

ASIO-compatible softwareDriver to use
ASIO2.0-compatible24 bit compatible
xxGS-10 ASIO1.0 16 bit
xoGS-10 ASIO1.0 24 bit
xxGS-10 ASIO2.0 16 bit
ooGS-10 ASIO2.0 24 bit
  1. From the Driver E (Mac OS 9/8) -ASIO folder of the CD-ROM, copy [GS-10 ASIO1.0 16bit] to the [ASIO Drivers] folder within the ASIO Drivers folder of the ASIO-compatible software you are using (e.g., Cubase VST, Logic Audio, Digital Performer, Metro, or SPARK LE).

ROLAND GS-10 - Installing the ASIO driver - 1

  1. Start up your ASIO-compatible software (e.g., Cubase VST, Logic Audio, Digital Performer, Metro, or SPARK LE).
  2. Open the Audio setting dialog box of your ASIO-compatible software, and select [GS-10 ASIO 16bit] as the ASIO Device.

MEMO

ASIO (Steinberg Audio Stream In/Out Interface) This is an audio interface standard promoted by the Steinberg Corporation. When the GS-10 is used with ASIO-compatible software, the synchronization precision will be improved, allowing a more sophisticated music production environment.

MEMO

The "Audio setting" dialog box will be named differently depending on your software. For details refer to the manual of your software.

Mac OS X users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Mac OS.

Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).

  1. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

  2. Double-click the "GS10USBDriver" icon (found in the Driver (Mac OS X) of the CD-ROM).

In case of Mac OS X v10.1.5, the display will indicate "Authorization," then click on the key symbol.

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 1

GS10USBDriver

  1. The "Authentication" dialog box will appear; type your password and click "OK."

The display will indicate "Welcome to the GS-10 USB Driver Installer."

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 2

  1. Click [Continue].

The display will indicate "Select a Destination."

  1. Click the drive on which the system is installed, then click [Continue].

The display will indicate "Easy Install."

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 3

  1. Click [Install] or [Update].

The display will indicate "Installing this software requires you to restart..."

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 4

Installing this software requires you to restart your computer when the installation is done. Are you sure you want to install the software now?

Cancel

Continue Installation

8. Click [Continue Installation].

The display will indicate "The software was successfully installed."

ROLAND GS-10 - Click [Continue Installation]. - 1

  1. Click [Restart] to restart your Macintosh.

Installing the OS-standard driver

The installation procedure will differ depending on your system.

Please proceed to one of the following sections, depending on the system you use.

Mac OS 9/8 users. (p. 157)
Mac OS X users. (p. 160)

Mac OS 9/8 users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Mac OS.
  2. Exit all currently running software (applications).

If you are using a virus checker or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.

  1. After starting up Mac OS, select Apple System Profiler from the Apple menu.

The "Apple System Profiler" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS 9/8 users - 1

  1. Click the "Devices and Volumes" tab.
  2. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Standard."

For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).

  1. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  2. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.

Wait for approximately five seconds.

While you are waiting, the screen display will not change, but the GS-10 is being detected. Do not touch the mouse or keyboard.

  1. In order to check that detection has been completed, once again go to "Apple System Profiler", and select "Update all information" from the Commands menu.

In the USB area, three audio devices will be displayed.

If these are displayed correctly, driver installation has succeeded.

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS 9/8 users - 2

  1. In the File menu, click Quit to close "Apple System Profiler."

If they are not displayed correctly, disconnect the GS-10, wait for about ten seconds, and then repeat the procedure from step 2.

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

Settings the sound input/output

  1. From the Apple menu, select "Control Panel" - "Sound."

The "Sound" dialog box will appear.

ROLAND GS-10 - Settings the sound input/output - 1

The "Sound" dialog box will appear.

  1. Click the "Speakers" tab or "Speaker" Settings.

ROLAND GS-10 - Settings the sound input/output - 2

  1. With the volume turned down on the GS-10 and on your peripheral audio equipment, click [Start Test].

Test signals will be output from the GS-10; left first, then right, as indicated in the screen.

ROLAND GS-10 - Settings the sound input/output - 3

  1. In the Sound dialog box, click the "Input" tab.

  2. In "Choose a source for sound input (Device)," select "USB audio."

ROLAND GS-10 - Settings the sound input/output - 4

  • Do not check "Play sound through output device".

  • When you are finished making settings, close the "Sound" dialog box.

  • From the File menu, select "Quit."

NOTE

If USB audio is not displayed, close the "Sound" dialog box, and disconnect the GS-10's USB cable from the Macintosh. Perform the driver installation (p. 157) once again.

Mac OS X users

  1. With the GS-10 disconnected, start up Mac OS.
    Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse (if used).
  2. Exit all currently running software (applications).
    Also close any open windows. If you are using virus checking or similar software, be sure to exit it as well.
  3. Before connecting the USB cable, switch the GS-10's driver mode to "Standard."
    For instructions on switching the GS-10's driver modes, refer to "Switching the Driver Mode" (p. 80).
  4. With the power switch turned OFF, use the USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  5. Make sure that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL is set to the lowest setting, then switch ON the POWER switch.
  6. Open "System Preferences" and click "Sound."

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 1

  1. In the "Sound Effects" tab, set "Play alerts and sound effects through" to "GS-10."

Now, try clicking on an alert in the list. If the sound of the alert comes from the GS-10 when you do so, it means that the GS-10 is being recognized and that the driver has been installed properly.

ROLAND GS-10 - Mac OS X users - 2

NOTE

Turn on power to your various devices in the order specified. By turning on devices in the wrong order, you risk causing malfunction and/or damage to other devices.

MEMO

This unit is equipped with a protection circuit. A brief interval (a few seconds) after power up is required before the unit will operate normally.

MEMO

Once set this way, all sounds from your Macintosh (including audio alerts) will be output only through the GS-10, not from the speakers of your Macintosh.

8. In the Output tab, set "Choose a device for sound output" to "GS-10."

ROLAND GS-10 - In the Output tab, set "Choose a device for sound output" to "GS-10." - 1

9. In the Input tab, set "Choose a device for sound input" to "GS-10."

ROLAND GS-10 - In the Input tab, set "Choose a device for sound input" to "GS-10." - 1

NOTE

The "Main Volume" slider will not move.

Cautions when using the GS-10

Before you use your software, please note the following points.

  • Select "GS-10" in the audio driver setting of your software. For details, refer to the manual that came with your software.
  • Connect the GS-10 to your computer via a USB cable before you start up your sequencer or other software.
  • Do not disconnect the USB cable from the GS-10 while your sequencer or other software is running.
  • Disconnect the USB cable from the GS-10 only after you have quit your sequencer or other software.
  • Leave the Sleep function of your Macintosh turned off.
  • The GS-10 will not work in the Classic environment of Mac OS X. Use the GS-10 when the Classic environment is not running.

Setting the Special Driver's Functions

Adjusting the audio latency

When using the GS-10 in Advanced mode, you can change the driver settings to adjust the latency of the audio. To adjust the latency, change the Buffer Size in the driver settings dialog box.

  1. As described in "Opening the special driver settings dialog box" (p. 163), open the "Driver Settings" dialog box.
  2. Adjust the driver buffer size.

The following setting will produce the shortest latency.

Windows:

Set "Audio Buffer Size" to the far left (Min).

Macintosh:

Set "Buffer Size" to the far left (Min).

  1. Click [OK] to close the driver settings dialog box.
  2. Restart the application that is using the GS-10.

If you are using an application that has a function for testing audio devices, get it to perform its tests.

  1. Play back audio data on your application.

If interruptions occur in the sound, repeat this procedure, and gradually increase the buffer size specified in step 2 until interruptions no longer occur.

  • Depending on the application you are using, there may be a buffer size or latency adjustment function among the audio settings of the application as well. For details, refer to the operation manual for your application.

Using ASIO Direct Monitor

If you are using the GS-10 from an ASIO 2.0 compatible application, switching of the GS-10's output signals ("Switching the Output Signals (Direct Monitor)" (p. 79)) can be controlled from your ASIO 2.0 compatible application.

  1. As described in Opening the special driver settings dialog box (p. 163), open the "Driver Settings" dialog box.
  2. Check the "Use ASIO Direct Monitor" check box.
  3. Click [OK] to close the driver settings dialog box.

  4. Depending on the application you are using, there may be a ASIO Direct Monitor among the audio settings of the application as well. For details, refer to the operation manual for your application.

  5. When using ASIO Direct Monitor, monitoring may switch on/off at unexpected times, depending on the application settings and on the recording procedure. If this occurs, uncheck the check box in step 2 to disable ASIO Direct Monitor.

Opening the special driver settings dialog box

If using Windows:

  1. Open the "Control Panel" and double-click "BOSS GS-10."

The "BOSS GS-10 Driver Settings" dialog box will appear.

  • In Windows XP, click "Switch to classic view" to switch the display to the classic view. BOSS GS-10 will not be displayed unless the classic view is selected.
  • In Windows Me, click "View all Control Panel options".

If using Macintosh:

  1. Open the "ASIO Control Panel" from the "Audio Settings" dialog box of your ASIO-compatible application.

The name of the Audio Settings dialog box and the procedure for opening the ASIO Control Panel will differ depending on your application. For details, refer to the operation manual for your application.

Troubleshooting

If there is no sound or other operational problems occur, first check through the following solutions. If this does not resolve the problem, then contact your dealer or a nearby Roland service station.

Problems when using the GS-10

Problems with the sound

No sound / volume too low

Are the built-in speakers set to OFF?
Press [SPEAKER ON/OFF] to ON (p. 15).
Are the connection cables broken?
Try using a different set of connection cables.
Is the GS-10 correctly connected to the other devices?
Check connections with the other devices (p. 14).
Is the connected amp/mixer turned off, or the volume lowered?
Check the settings of your amp/mixer system.
Is the OUTPUT LEVEL knob lowered?
Adjust the OUTPUT LEVEL knob to an appropriate position (p. 15).
Is Tuner set to On?
When the volume is set to "Mute" in the Tuner mode, even the direct sound will not be output by setting the Tuner to "On" (p. 64).
Is each effect set correctly?
Use the "Meter function" (p. 67) to check the output level of each effect. If there is an effect for which the meter does not move, check the settings for that effect.
Is "USB/DIG:Out Level" set to a low value?
Adjust the setting to an appropriate value (p. 78).
Is "FV: Level" or "MST: Patch Level" specified as an assign Target?
Move the controller to which it is assigned.
Is the Dir Monitor (p. 79) set to OFF?
Note that turning off this setting will stop the sounds from being output when the application is not recording or if its settings are not correctly made. Set to ON.

Sound from devices connected to the INPUT jack is not heard in the headphones

Is the AUX INPUT LEVEL raised to suitable level?
Adjust the volume level.
Is the Dir Monitor (p. 79) set to OFF?
Note that turning off this setting will stop the sounds from being output when the application is not recording or if its settings are not correctly made. Set to ON.

The volume level of the instrument connected to INPUT is too low

Could you be using a connection cable that contains a resistor?
Use a connection cable that does not contain a resistor.
Is the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob lowered?
Adjust the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob to an appropriate position (p. 17).
Is "USB:Input Level" set to a low value?
Adjust the setting to an appropriate value (p. 78).
Is "Mic Gain" set to a low value?
Adjust the setting to an appropriate value (p. 20).

The sound of a device connected to the AUX INPUT jack is distorted

If you are inputting sound through the AUX IN jacks, use AUX INPUT LEVEL knob of the GS-10 to lower the input level.

The sound of a device connected to the MIC INPUT jack is distorted

If you are inputting sound through the MIC INPUT jacks, adjust the Mic Gain (p. 20) of the GS-10 to lower the input level.

Oscillating sound occurs

Is the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob turned up too high?
If inputting audio from AUX INPUT, reduce the input level with the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob.
Is "Mic Gain" set to a high value?
Lower the Mic Gain (p. 20) value.
Is the value for any gain- or volume-related effects parameter set too high?
Lower these values.

Other Problems

Patch does not change

Is something other than the Play screen shown in the display?
On the GS-10, patches can be selected only when the Play screen is displayed. Press [EXIT] to return to the Play screen (p. 15).

Parameters specified with Assign can't be controlled

Could the effect be switched off?
To control a parameter using the expression pedal or CTL pedal, make sure the effect that contains the parameter you intend to control is switched on.
Is something other than "Assign 1-8" selected for the Expression Pedal function setting?
When operating an expression pedal connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1, 2 jack, set the Expression Pedal function (p. 58) to "Assign 1-8."
Is something other than "Assign 1-8" selected for the CTL 1,2 function setting?
When operating a foot switch connected to the EXP PEDAL/CTL 1, 2 jack, set the CTL 1, 2 function (p. 59) to "Assign 1-8."
Do the MIDI channel settings of both devices match?
Make sure that the MIDI channels of both devices match (p. 69).
- Do the controller number settings of both devices match?
Make sure that the controller number of both devices match (p. 70).

MIDI messages are not transmitted/ received

Are the MIDI cables broken?
Try another set of MIDI cables.
Is the GS-10 correctly connected to the other MIDI device?
Check connections with the other MIDI device.
Do the MIDI channel settings of both devices match?
Make sure that the MIDI channels of both devices match (p. 69).

  • When you send messages from the GS-10, make sure the GS-10 is set to the settings appropriate for sending data.
    Check the on/off status for transmission of program change messages and the settings for the controller numbers to be transmitted (p. 70).

The GS-10 cannot be controlled with the MIDI controller connected to the MIDI IN connector

Are you connected via USB?
If the GS-10 is connected via USB with the driver mode set to Advanced, messages to MIDI IN are transmitted to the computer via USB. Disconnect the USB cable.

ROLAND GS-10 - The GS-10 cannot be controlled with the MIDI controller connected to the MIDI IN connector - 1

Problems common to Windows and Macintosh

ROLAND GS-10 - The GS-10 cannot be controlled with the MIDI controller connected to the MIDI IN connector - 2

Problems occurring only in Windows

ROLAND GS-10 - The GS-10 cannot be controlled with the MIDI controller connected to the MIDI IN connector - 3

Problems occurring only in Macintosh

ROLAND GS-10 - Problems related to the USB driver - 1

An "Unknown driver found" dialog box appears, and you are unable to install the driver

ROLAND GS-10 - An "Unknown driver found" dialog box appears, and you are unable to install the driver - 1

"Find new hardware wizard" does not execute automatically

ROLAND GS-10 - "Find new hardware wizard" does not execute automatically - 1

"Find new hardware wizard" ends before the process is completed

It may take about 15 seconds (or more) after the USB cable is connected for the GS-10 to be detected.
Is the USB cable connected correctly?
Make sure that the GS-10 and your computer are correctly connected via a USB cable.
Is USB enabled on your computer?
Refer to the operation manual for your computer, and make sure that USB is enabled.

It has been found that in some cases, not all of the Windows 98 files required to support audio via USB are installed when a computer is shipped.
Please contact the manufacturer of your computer.
- Does your computer meet the USB specifications?
If you are using a computer that does not fulfill the electrical requirements of the USB specifications, operation may be unstable. In this case, you may be able to solve the problem by connecting a USB hub.
□ Does "Unknown device" appear for "Other device" or "Universal serial bus controller"?
Use the following procedure to delete "Other device" (Universal Serial Bus Controller) "Unknown device", and then restart your computer.
1. In the Windows Control Panel, double-click System. The "System Properties" dialog box will appear.
2. Click the "Device Manager" tab.
3. Double-click "Other device" or "Universal Serial Bus Controller" to display a list of devices.
4. From the list, select the unknown device and click [Delete].
5. In the dialog box that asks you to confirm the deletion, click [OK].
6. Verify that "Other device" or "Unknown device" is not displayed in the list, and click [Close] to close the dialog box.

ROLAND GS-10 - "Find new hardware wizard" ends before the process is completed - 1

"Found unknown device" appears even though you installed the driver

If your computer or USB hub has two or more USB connectors, and you connect the GS-10 to a USB connector to which the GS-10 has never been connected before, the "Unknown device" dialog box may appear even on a computer onto which you have already installed the driver.
Refer to "Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows)" (p. 126), and install the driver once again. This is not a malfunction.

ROLAND GS-10 - "Found unknown device" appears even though you installed the driver - 1

Driver is not installed correctly

As described in "Deleting the special driver" (p. 173), delete the USB audio device driver that is installed in your computer, and then install the GS-10 driver once again as described in "Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows)" (p. 126). Also check whether there is an "Unknown device" in "Other devices" or "Universal Serial Bus Controller." If you find one, delete it.

ROLAND GS-10 - Driver is not installed correctly - 1

Can't install/delete/use the driver in Windows XP/2000

  • Did you log on to Windows as a user with administrative privileges?
    In order to install/delete/re-install the driver in Windows XP/2000, you must be logged into Windows as a user with administrative privileges, such as Administrator. For details, please contact the system administrator for your computer system.
    Did you make "Driver Signing Options"?
    In order to install/re-install the driver, you must make "Driver Signing Options." (Windows XP p. 127, Windows 2000 p. 131)

ROLAND GS-10 - Can't install/delete/use the driver in Windows XP/2000 - 1

Windows XP/2000 displays a "Hardware Installation" or "Digital Signature Not Found" dialog box

Did you make "Driver Signing Options"?
In order to install/re-install the driver, you must make the settings described in "Driver Signing Options." (Windows XP p. 127, Windows 2000 p. 131)

ROLAND GS-10 - Windows XP/2000 displays a "Hardware Installation" or "Digital Signature Not Found" dialog box - 1

Device Manager shows "?","!"," or "USB Composite Device"

ROLAND GS-10 - Device Manager shows "?","!"," or "USB Composite Device" - 1

The "Insert Disk" dialog box does not appear

Use the following procedure to re-install the driver.

  1. Turn off the power of your computer, and start up Windows with all USB cables disconnected (except for keyboard and mouse).
  2. After Windows restarts, use a USB cable to connect the GS-10 to your computer.
  3. Click the Windows [Start] button, and from the menu that appears, choose "Settings | Control Panel."
  4. Double-click the System icon.

The "System Properties" dialog box will appear.

  1. Click the "Device Manager" tab.
  2. Check whether you can see an indication of "?Composite USB Device", "?USB Device", "!USB Device", or "USB composite device" displayed below "Sound, Video, and Game Controllers", "Other Devices", or "Universal Serial Bus Controller". If you find any such indication, select it and click [Delete].
  3. A dialog box will ask you to confirm deletion of the device. Verify the contents of the dialog box, and then click [OK].

In the same way, delete all indications of "(Composite USB Device", "(USB Device", "USB Device", and "USB composite device" that you find.

If you find BOSS GS-10 with a yellow "!" or a red "?" displayed beside it, delete this in the same way.

  1. When you have finished deleting the unwanted devices, click [OK] in the System Properties dialog box.
  2. Turn off the power of the GS-10, then delete the driver. ( Deleting the special driver (p. 173))

10. Restart Windows.

Then install the driver once again. ( Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows) (p. 126)).

  • If the problem still occurs after you have taken the above measures, please refer also to the Readme file for the USB driver. The Readme file is on the CD-ROM.

ROLAND GS-10 - Restart Windows. - 1

A dialog box says "Can't use driver required by USB device 'BOSS GS-10''

[Special driver mode] Are you using only audio?
You must install the MIDI driver even if you are using the GS-10 only with audio. Please install the GS-10 driver for OMS or FreeMIDI.

( Installing the special driver (p. 146))

Problems when using the USB driver

ROLAND GS-10 - Problems when using the USB driver - 1

Operating system becomes unstable

Operation becomes unstable when the computer is started up with the GS-10 already connected
Please start up your computer with the GS-10 disconnected, and then connect the GS-10. On a computer that uses a USB keyboard, starting up the computer with the GS-10 already connected may cause operation to become unstable. In this case, start up the computer with the GS-10 disconnected, and then connect the GS-10.

ROLAND GS-10 - Operating system becomes unstable - 1

Can't hear sound from the computer

Is it possible that the GS-10's OUTPUT LEVEL has been placed at 0 (turned fully counterclockwise)?
Have you specified the audio and MIDI data output destination for your operating system?
→ You must specify the GS-10 as the audio data output destination for your computer. For details on how to make this setting, refer to Settings and checking. (Windows, "Driver settings" (p. 141)/ Macintosh, "OMS settings" (p. 148), "FreeMIDI settings" (p. 151))

In your playback software, have you specified the audio data output destination?
For some software, such as Cakewalk Music Creator, you will need to specify the GS-10 as the output destination for audio data. For details on the procedure for making settings, refer to the owner's manual for your software.

Are you running multiple applications?
If multiple applications are running simultaneously, an error message may appear. If this occurs, click [OK] and exit the other applications. Even if an application window is closed, it is still running if it appears in the taskbar. Be sure to exit unneeded applications displayed.
Was the driver installed correctly?
In order for you to play back audio data via the GS-10, the driver must be installed. For installation and settings, refer to "Installing & Setting Up the Driver" (Windows, p. 126 / Macintosh, p. 146).
Is your computer in Suspend or Sleep mode?
If so, get your computer to resume normal operation, then exit all applications that are using the GS-10. Next, turn the GS-10's power off, then switch it on again.
- Did you plug in the USB cable, or unplug it while an application was running?
Exit all applications that are using the GS-10, and exit all applications that are using the GS-10, and re-connect the GS-10.
Have you selected "Game compatible device" or "Voice modem" as the output for the audio track?
If game compatible device or voice modem (the actual name will depend on the computer you are using) is selected for the audio track of your software, the audio track may not play back. Do not select these devices as the port.
Has your computer been set to enter Sleep mode?
If your computer enters Sleep mode, exit the software you are using, and then restart your computer. We recommend that you set your computer to not use Sleep mode.

Windows

[Standard driver mode] Are you attempting to play back an audio CD using your computer's CD player?
If you want to play an audio CD from your computer's internal CD-ROM drive, refer to "When playing audio CDs from the computer's internal CD-ROM drive, or using the GS-10 to play game music" (p. 145).

Wind

Are the "Volume Control" faders raised?
Adjust the volume of the faders as described in "Volume Control setting" (p. 144).

Can't play back / record MIDI

Windows

Has the MIDI device you are using been set correctly?
In order to record/play MIDI tracks using the GS-10, you must correctly install the GS-10 driver (Installing & Setting Up the Driver (Windows) (p. 126)). Also make sure that the input port and output port are set as follows in your software.

INPUT portOUTPUT port
BOSS GS-10 MIDI INBOSS GS-10 MIDI OUT

Macintosh

Has the MIDI device you are using been selected correctly?
Select [GS-10 MIDI IN/OUT] as the MIDI output device.

Windows Macintosh

Are the track outputs set correctly?
MIDI tracks to which no MIDI playback device is assigned will not be heard. If you want to play back a MIDI track, you must make sure that the MIDI device you want to use is displayed in your software as the MIDI output port. For details, refer to the owner's manual for your software.

Macintosh

Is OMS/FreeMIDI set correctly?
As described in "OMS settings" (p. 148) or "FreeMIDI settings" (p. 151), check the OMS or FreeMIDI settings. Also make sure that the device for MIDI IN/OUT is correctly selected in the MIDI settings of your MIDI sequencer software.

Macintosh

Is the OMS setup enabled?
If a diamond-shaped symbol is not displayed at the left edge of the title area in the OMS setup window, the setup is not enabled. From the OMS File menu, choose "Make Current." ("OMS settings" (p. 148))

Interrupted notes or delays occur during MIDI playback

ROLAND GS-10 - Interrupted notes or delays occur during MIDI playback - 1

Make Windows XP settings to enable background processing.
Make the following settings so that MIDI processing will occur smoothly.

  1. Click the Windows start button, and from the menu that appears, select "Control Panel."
  2. In "Pick a category", click "Performance and Maintenance".
  3. In "or pick a Control Panel icon", click the System icon.
  4. Click the "Advanced" tab.
  5. At the right of the Performance field, click [Settings]. The "Performance Options" dialog box will appear.
  6. Click the "Advanced" tab.

ROLAND GS-10 - Interrupted notes or delays occur during MIDI playback - 2

  1. In the Processor Scheduling field, select "Background services", and click [OK].
  2. In the "System Properties" dialog box, click [OK]. The "System Properties" dialog box will close.

Noise is heard during audio playback

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 1

Is the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob raised?
If you are not using any audio devices connected to the AUX INPUT, set the AUX INPUT LEVEL knob to minimum position.

Is a mic or guitar still connected?
If a mic or guitar is connected to the GS-10, disconnect the mic or guitar. Disconnect any audio devices you are not using.
- Noise is sometimes heard in the line input or mic input.
If a USB-compatible MIDI sound module and the GS-10 are connected via USB to the same computer, and the outputs of the MIDI sound module are connected to the line input jacks of the GS-10, noise from your computer may be heard via the MIDI sound module from the GS-10, depending on the computer you are using. If this occurs, you can either connect the MIDI sound module and the GS-10 in parallel using a self-powered hub, or connect the MIDI sound module via its serial or MIDI interface.
- Are two or more audio devices such as the GS-10 or a mixer connected to your computer?
Try connecting only a single GS-10 unit, and check whether the noise disappears. If numerous audio devices are connected to a computer, noise may occur depending on your system. In such cases, connect only the GS-10 to your computer.

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 2

Does your sequencer software support ASIO 2.0?
If your ASIO-compatible software does not support ASIO 2.0, it will not operate correctly if you use [GS-10 ASIO2.0 16bit] or [GS-10 ASIO2.0 24bit] as the ASIO driver. In this case, select either [GS-10 ASIO1.0 16bit] or [GS-10 ASIO1.0 24bit] as the ASIO driver.

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 3

Does your sequencer software support 24-bit audio?
If your ASIO-compatible software does not support 24-bit audio input/output, it will not operate correctly if you select [GS-10 ASIO1.0 24bit] or [GS-10 ASIO2.0 24bit] as the ASIO driver. In this case, select either [GS-10 ASIO1.0 16bit] or [GS-10 ASIO2.0 16bit] as the ASIO driver.

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 4

Is the GS-10 connected to a USB hub?
Try connecting the GS-10 directly to the USB connector of the Macintosh itself.

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 5

Are you using a USB device other than the GS-10?
Try turning off the power of all USB audio devices other than the GS-10.

ROLAND GS-10 - Noise is heard during audio playback - 6

In some cases, you may also be able to solve this problem by grounding the chassis of your computer, or the grounding connector of the AC power supply plug of your computer. In addition, you can check whether any devices that produce a strong magnetic field are located nearby, such as a television or microwave oven. Also check the troubleshooting item Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback.

Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback - 1

Are many applications running on your computer?
If you use many applications or start up other applications during playback, playback may be interrupted, depending on your computer system. Please exit unneeded applications, and try again. If this does not resolve the problem, try restarting your computer.

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback - 2

□ Graphic accelerators may cause noise to be heard during audio playback.
Use the following procedure to turn the graphic accelerator "Off".

  1. In the Windows Control Panel, double-click Display to open the "Display Properties" dialog box, and click the "Settings" tab.
  2. Click Advanced, and in the properties that appear, click the "Performance" tab.

For Windows XP, click Advanced, and then click the Troubleshoot tab.
For Windows 2000, click Advanced, and then click the Troubleshooting tab.
3. Set the Hardware acceleration slider to None, and click [OK].

  1. In the "Display Properties" dialog box, click [OK] to close the dialog box.
  2. Restart your computer.

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback - 3

In Windows XP, make the settings that enable background processing.
Make these settings so that audio processing can be performed smoothly.
Make settings as described in Make Windows XP settings to enable background processing (p. 169).

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback - 4

Try using the following procedure to change your disk drive settings. The following setting item may not exist on some computers.
1. In the Windows Control Panel, double-click System.
2. Click the "Device Manager" tab.
3. Double-click "Disk Drives" to see the list of devices.
4. From the list, select GENERIC IDE DISK TYPE?, and click Properties to access the GENERIC IDE DISK TYPE?? Properties dialog box.

  • In the ?? field of GENERIC IDE DISK TYPE??, there will be a number that differs depending on your computing environment.

  • Click the "Settings" tab, place a check mark in the check box for the DMA option, and click [OK] to close the dialog box.

  • Depending on your system, a DMA Settings dialog box may appear. Check the contents, and click either [OK] or [Cancel].
  • In the "System Properties" dialog box, click [OK] to close the dialog box.
  • Restart your computer.

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound is interrupted during audio recording/playback - 5

Try installing more memory.
Installing more memory will increase the performance of your computer. For details on how to install more memory, refer to the operation manual for your computer.

Windows Macintosh

Does your computer satisfy the requirements of the USB standard?
If you are using a computer (such as a computer that you yourself assembled) that does not satisfy the electrical requirements of the USB specifications, you may experience interruptions in the audio. If this occurs, you may be able to solve the problem by connecting a USB hub that contains its own power supply.
- On some computers, audio playback may be interrupted due to the Power Management settings in the Control Panel.
The Power Supply Properties that you see when you double-click Power Management will differ depending on your computer system. One example is given below, but you should also refer to the operation manual for your computer. Some computers may not have all of the following setting items.
1. Click the Windows Start button, and select "Settings | Control Panel" to open the Control Panel.
2. In Control Panel, double-click System to open the "System Properties" dialog box.
3. Click the "Device Manager" tab.
4. Double-click System Devices to display the list of devices.
5. From the list, select Advanced Power Management Support. Then click Properties to open the "Advanced Power Management Support Properties" dialog box.
6. Click the "Settings" tab, and in Troubleshooting, place a check in the check box for Don't Poll Power Supply Status. Then click [OK].
7. In the System Properties dialog box, click [OK].
8. Restart Windows.

Windows

If you are using the special driver, you can solve this problem in the "BOSS GS-10 Driver Settings" dialog box.
For details, refer to the section "Something is wrong with playback; sound is interrupted or notes are missing" within the Readme_e file located in the folder in which you installed the CD-ROM.

Macintosh

Depending on the virtual memory setting or network-related settings, noise may occur.
Please make the following settings before use.

  • In Chooser of the Apple menu, set AppleTalk to "Inactive". (This setting is not changed as a result of turning off AppleTalk, as requested by OMS when sequencer software is started up. You must change the setting yourself using the "Chooser".)

  • In the "Memory" Control Panel, set Virtual Memory to "Off".

  • Depending on the way in which you connect to the Internet, use the GS-10 with the following settings. If you connect to the Internet via a LAN cable Use while the LAN cable is connected.

If you connect to the Internet via the internal modem port, or are not connected to the Internet In the "TCP/IP" Control Panel, set "Connect via" to "PPP".

After you have made the settings, restart your Macintosh.

  • Do not use software that accesses the network (such as a Web browser) at the same time that you are using sequencer software or audio editing software.

Macintosh

Try increasing the Buffer Size in the ASIO Driver control panel. The name of the settings dialog box will differ depending on your software.

  • If you change the buffer size, you must exit the software and then restart it.
  • BOSS/Roland can make no guarantee of, nor provide support regarding the operation of sequencer software and audio editing software made by another manufacturer. Please contact the manufacturer of the software you are using.

ROLAND GS-10 - Macintosh - 1

Digitally recorded sound is distorted, is at the wrong pitch, or contains noise

Is the application's sampling frequency set to 44.1 kHz?
Set the application's sampling frequency to 44.1kHz

ROLAND GS-10 - Digitally recorded sound is distorted, is at the wrong pitch, or contains noise - 1

Playback or recording halts midway through, and then becomes impossible

Was a heavy processing load experienced while using the GS-10, such as accessing the CD-ROM drive or a network?
If an operation involving a heavy processing load is performed while the GS-10 is in use, it may not operate correctly. If this occurs, stop playback/recording, and then try resuming playback/recording. If you are still unable to play back/record, exit all applications that use the GS-10, switch off the GS-10, then turn it on again.

ROLAND GS-10 - Playback or recording halts midway through, and then becomes impossible - 1

Recording produces a silent (blank) file

Try setting the bit rate to "16 bit or higher".
If you are using Windows 98 Second Edition and your recording software is set to a bit rate setting of 8 bits, a silent file may be created, effectively making recording impossible. If this occurs, set the bit rate to "16 bit or higher", and you will be able to record normally.
Is the Recording source select switch set correctly?
In your operating system, is the audio data input destination set correctly?
On your recording software, is the audio data input destination set correctly?

ROLAND GS-10 - Recording produces a silent (blank) file - 1

Game background music does not play

□ Does the game use an audio CD for background music? (Standard driver mode)
If the game uses an audio CD for background music, refer to "When playing audio CDs from the computer's internal CD-ROM drive, or using the GS-10 to play game music" (p. 145).

ROLAND GS-10 - Game background music does not play - 1

Sound becomes distorted or noisy when you apply an effect

Adjust the volume of the effects.

ROLAND GS-10 - Sound becomes distorted or noisy when you apply an effect - 1

A loud buzz is present in the guitar signal

Does the buzz decrease when you lower the volume of your guitar?
If the buzz decreases when you lower the volume of your guitar, it is possible that the pickup of your guitar is receiving noise from a computer or a display screen. Move as far away from the computer as possible. Sometimes this problem can be solved by grounding the chassis of your computer, or the grounding connector of your computer's AC power supply. You should also check whether there is a device nearby that produces a strong magnetic field, such as a television or a microwave oven. (p. 4)

Deleting the special driver

If you were unable to install the special driver according to the procedure given, the GS-10 may not be recognized correctly by the computer. In this case, use the following procedure to delete the special driver, and then follow the procedure in "Installing & Setting Up the Driver" (Windows, p. 126; Macintosh, p. 146) to install the driver once again.

Windows XP/2000 users

In order to delete (uninstall) the driver, a user with administrative privileges such as Administrator must be logged onto Windows. For details, contact the system administrator of your computer.

  1. Start Windows with all USB cables disconnected. (except the keyboard and mouse)
  2. Log on to Windows as one of the following users:

  3. a user whose account type is Computer Administrator

  4. the Administrator or other user with the privileges of the Administrators group
  5. For more information regarding this, consult your computer system administrator.

  6. Double-click Uninstal.exe.

  7. The display will indicate "This program uninstalls the BOSS GS-10 USB Driver installed," and click the "OK" button.
  8. The display will indicate "Uninstallation completed," and click the "Yes" button. Windows will restart.

Windows Me/98 users

  1. Start Windows with all USB cables disconnected. (except the keyboard and mouse)
  2. Exit all applications before performing the uninstallation.
  3. Double-click Uninstal.exe.
  4. The display will indicate "This program uninstalls the BOSS GS-10 USB Driver installed," and click the "OK" button.
  5. The display will indicate "Uninstallation completed," and click the "Yes" button. Windows will restart.

Macintosh users

  1. Disconnect the USB cable (by which the GS-10 is connected) from your Macintosh.
  2. From the system extensions folder, drag "USB GS-10 Driver" into the trash to delete it.
  3. Delete GS-10 from the OMS Folder inside the System folder, or drag GS-10 Driver from the FreeMIDI Folder to the trash.
  4. Drag the ASIO driver that you installed in "Installing the ASIO driver" (p. 154) into the trash to delete it.
  5. Restart the Macintosh.

Index

Numerics

2x2 Chorus 45

A

AC Adaptor 12

AC IN 12

Advanced 70

Advanced Compressor 38

ASSIGN 11,60-61

Assign 60, 66

Active Range 63

Source 63

Source Mode 63

Target 61

Target Range 62

Assign 1-8 58-59

Assign Hold 66

AutoRiff 49

Auto Wah 36

AUX 20

AUX INPUT 12, 17

AUX INPUT LEVEL 11

B

BASS 10,21

Bass 19

Bass Simulator 52

BulkDump 71

Bulk Load 71-72

Bypass 65

C

CAPS 24

CHANNEL SELECT 10,27

Channel Select 28

Copy 27

CHORUS 11,21

Chorus 34

Combo AMP 16

Combo Return 16

COMP 10,21

Compressor 31

Control 1, 2 59

COSM 9

Customize

COSM Amp 55

Overdrive/Distortion 56

Pedal Wah 57

Speaker 56

D

Defretter 40

DEL 24

DELAY 10,21

Delay 33

DIGITAL OUT 12, 17

DIRECT PATCH 11, 18, 27

Display 10

DRIVE 10,21

E

Effect Chain 24,54

Effect On/Off 22

Enhancer 39

EQ 11

Equalizer 35

EXIT 11

EXP PEDAL/CTL 1,2 12

Expression Pedal 58

F

Factory Reset 86

FEEDBACK 10,21

Feedbacker 40

Flanger 42

Foot Switch 59

FootVolume 54,58

FX-1 11,36

FX-2 11,41

G

GAIN 10,21

GS-10's Speakers 15

Guitar 19

GUITAR AMP OUT 12, 16

Guitar Synth 50

GUITAR/BASS 11

H

Harmonist 43

Humanizer 48

1

INPUT SELECT 11, 19

INS 24

J

JUMP 23

K

Knob Mode 66

L

LCD Contrast 65

LEVEL 10-11,21

Level Meter 67

Limiter 38

Line/Phones 16

M

Master BPM 54

METER 11,67

MIC GAIN 20

MIC INPUT 12

Microphone 19

MIDDLE 10,21

MIDI 68,82

Control 1 Out 70

Control 2 Out 70

Device ID 69

Expression Pedal Out 70

Knob Control Out 70

Omni Mode 69

Program Change Out 70

Receive Channel 69

Remote Control 70

SyncClock 69

Transmit Channel 69

MIDI IN 12

MIDI OUT 12

MMC 70

Mute 64

N

NAME/NS/MASTER 11,24,53

Noise Suppressor 53

0

Octave 45

OD/DS 10,21

OUTPUT 12

OUTPUT LEVEL 11, 15

Output Level 15

OUTPUT SELECT 16

Overdrive/Distortion 32

P

Pan 46

PARAMETER 11

Patch 18

Copy 25

Exchange 26

Initialize 26

Register 27

Write 25

Patch Change 18

Patch Extent 65

Patch Level 54

Patch Name 24,53

PATCH/VALUE 11

Pedal Bend 45, 58

Pedal Wah 36,58

Phaser 42

PHONES 11

Pitch Shifter 44

Play Screen 15

POWER 12

PREAMP 21

PREAMP/SPEAKER 10

Preamp/Speaker Simulator 28

PRESENCE 10,21

Preset Patch 18

Program Change Map 73

Q

QUICK FX 11,22,60

R

Reference Pitch 64

Remote Control 75

REVERB 11,21

Reverb 34

Ring Modulator 40

Rotary 47

s

Short Delay 48

Slicer 49

Slow Gear 39

SPEAKER ON/OFF 11, 15

StackAMP 16

Stack Return 16

Standard 70

Stereo Equalizer 52

SUSTAIN 10,21

SYSTEM 11

Index

T

TAP 11

Tone Modify 37

TREBLE 10,21

Tremolo 39

TUNER 11

Tuner 64

U

Uni-V 47

USB 11-12,78,83

Direct Monitor 79

Direct Monitor Command 79

Driver Mode 80

Input Level 78

Output Level 78

Output Mode 79

USB (Bass) 20, 81

USB (Gtr/Mic) 19,81

USB Driver 125

User Patch 18

V

Vibrato 46

W

WRITE 11,25-27

MEMO

For the U.K.

IMPORTANT: THE WIRES IN THIS MAINS LEAD ARE COLOURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODE.

BLUE: NEUTRAL

BROWN: LIVE

As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows:

The wire which is coloured BLUE must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured BLACK.

The wire which is coloured BROWN must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured RED.

Under no circumstances must either of the above wires be connected to the earth terminal of a three pin plug.

-For the USA

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Compliance Information Statement

Model Name: GS-10

Type of Equipment : Guitar Effects System with USB Audio Interface

Responsible Party: Roland Corporation U.S.

Address: 5100 S.Eastern Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938

Telephone: (323) 890-3700

Apparatus containing Lithium batteries

ADVARSEL!

Lithiumbatteri - Ekspliosionsfare ved fejlagtg handtering.

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.

Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.

Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.

WARNING

Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batterbyte.

This product complies with the requirements of European Directive 89/336/EEC.

For the USA

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

  • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
  • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
  • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
  • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Tested To Comply With FCC Standards

FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE

Unauthorized changes or modification to this system can void the users authority to operate this equipment.

This equipment requires shielded interface cables in order to meet FCC class B Limit.

For Canada

NOTICE

This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Caising Equipment Regulations.

AVIS

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : ROLAND

Model : GS-10

Category : Synthesizer